Date post: | 25-Apr-2015 |
Category: |
Documents |
Upload: | bhaskar-thammisetty |
View: | 571 times |
Download: | 2 times |
Data Access Guide
BusinessObjects Enterprise 6.1 Business Intelligence
Windows and UNIX
2 Data Access Guide
Copyright No part of the computer software or this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from Business Objects S.A.The information in this document is subject to change without notice. If you find any problems with this documentation, please report them to Business Objects S.A. in writing at [email protected] Objects S.A. does not warrant that this document is error free.Copyright © Business Objects S.A. 2003. All rights reserved.Printed in France.
Trademarks The Business Objects logo, WebIntelligence, BusinessQuery, the Business Objects tagline, BusinessObjects, BusinessObjects Broadcast Agent, Rapid Mart, Set Analyzer, Personal Trainer, and Rapid Deployment Template are trademarks or registered trademarks of Business Objects S.A. in the United States and/or other countries.Contains IBM Runtime Environment for AIX(R), Java(TM) 2 Technology Edition Runtime Modules (c) Copyright IBM Corporation 1999, 2000. All Rights Reserved.This product includes code licensed from RSA Security, Inc. Some portions licensed from IBM are available at http://oss.software.ibm.com/icu4j.All other company, product, or brand names mentioned herein, may be the trademarks of their respective owners.
Use restrictions This software and documentation is commercial computer software under Federal Acquisition regulations, and is provided only under the Restricted Rights of the Federal Acquisition Regulations applicable to commercial computer software provided at private expense. The use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions set forth in subdivision (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013.
Patents U.S. Patent Numbers 5,555,403, 6,247,008, and 6,578,027.
Part Number 320-50-610-01
Data Access Guide 3
Contents
ContentsContents 3
Preface Maximizing Your Information Resources 7Information resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Useful addresses at a glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12About this guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Part I Creating Connections
Chapter 1 Accessing Data with Business Objects Products 17Connecting to your data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Data Access Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23WebIntelligence connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Accessing non-RDBMS data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Chapter 2 Creating a Connection to a Database on Windows 29Creating a connection to access a database on Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Creating connections with Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Creating connections with Designer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Creating connections with BusinessObjects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Creating Restrictive connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Logging in using the Business Objects login . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Configuring the Advanced tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Configuring the Custom tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Chapter 3 Creating a Connection to a Database on UNIX 49Creating connections to databases on UNIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
4 Data Access Guide
Contents
Part II Managing Connections
Chapter 4 Using Predefined Data Access Variables 59
Chapter 5 Checking your Connection Configuration 65Using the Check Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Part III Configuring Specific Data Access Drivers
Chapter 6 IBM DB2 Data Access 73Connecting to Business Objects products with IBM DB2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Optimizing data access performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Configuring the IBM DB2 server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96IBM DB2 datatype conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Chapter 7 Informix Data Access 99Connecting to Business Objects products with Informix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Optimizing data access performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Informix datatype conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Chapter 8 Microsoft Data Access 123Connecting to Business Objects products with Microsoft products . . . . . . 125Optimizing data access performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Stored procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Microsoft datatype conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Chapter 9 Oracle Data Access 145Connecting to Business Objects products with Oracle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Optimizing data access performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Configuring the Oracle server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Oracle datatype conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Data Access Guide 5
Contents
Chapter 10 Red Brick Data Access 173Connecting to Business Objects products with Red Brick . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Optimizing data access performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Red Brick datatype conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Chapter 11 Sybase Data Access 193Connecting to Business Objects products with Sybase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Optimizing data access performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Sybase datatype conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Chapter 12 Teradata Data Access 217Connecting to Business Objects products with Teradata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Optimizing data access performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Teradata datatype conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Part IV Optimizing Data Access
Chapter 13 Data Access Parameter File Reference 241IBM DB2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Informix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Microsoft SQL Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Oracle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Red Brick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Sybase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Teradata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
6 Data Access Guide
Contents
Chapter 14 Functions 321Adding a function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323IBM DB2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326Informix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Microsoft SQL Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342Oracle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348Red Brick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359Sybase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366Teradata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Chapter 15 General Data Access Configuration File Reference 379IBM DB2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381Informix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387Microsoft SQL Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392Oracle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397Red Brick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405Sybase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409Teradata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417Other parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Chapter 16 WebIntelligence Data Access Configuration File Reference 425Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427Common parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437Parameters supported by all ODBC drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Index 445
preface
Maximizing Your Information Resources
8 Data Access Guide
OverviewInformation, services, and solutions
The Business Objects business intelligence solution is supported by thousands of pages of documentation, available from the products, on the Internet, on CD, and by extensive online help systems and multimedia. Packed with in-depth technical information, business examples, and advice on troubleshooting and best practices, this comprehensive documentation set provides concrete solutions to your business problems. Business Objects also offers a complete range of support and services to help maximize the return on your business intelligence investment. See in the following sections how Business Objects can help you plan for and successfully meet your specific technical support, education, and consulting requirements.
Data Access Guide 9
Information resources
Information resourcesWhatever your Business Objects profile, we can help you quickly access the documentation and other information you need.
Where do I start? Below are a few suggested starting points; there is a summary of useful web addresses on page 14.
Documentation RoadmapThe Documentation Roadmap references all Business Objects guides and multimedia, and lets you see at a glance what information is available, from where, and in what format. View or download the Business Objects Documentation Roadmap at www.businessobjects.com/services/documentation.htm
Documentation from the productsYou can access electronic documentation at any time from the product you are using. Online help, multimedia, and guides in Adobe PDF format are available from the product Help menus.
Documentation on the webThe full electronic documentation set is available to customers with a valid maintenance agreement on the Online Customer Support (OCS) website at www.businessobjects.com/services/support.htm
Buy printed documentationYou can order printed documentation through your local sales office, or from the online Business Objects Documentation Supply Store at www.businessobjects.com/services/documentation.htm
Search the Documentation CDSearch across the entire documentation set on the Business Objects Documentation CD shipped with our products. This CD brings together the full set of documentation, plus tips, tricks, multimedia tutorials, and demo materials.Order the Documentation CD online, from the Business Objects Documentation Supply Store, or from your local sales office.
10 Data Access Guide
MultimediaAre you new to Business Objects? Are you upgrading from a previous release or expanding, for example, from our desktop to our web solution? Try one of our multimedia quick tours or Getting Started tutorials. All are available via the Online Customer Support (OCS) website or on the Documentation CD.
How can I get the most recent documentation?You can get our most up-to-date documentation via the web. Regularly check the sites listed below for the latest documentation, samples, and tips.
Tips & TricksOpen to everyone, this is a regularly updated source of creative solutions to any number of business questions. You can even contribute by sending us your own tips.www.businessobjects.com/forms/tipsandtricks_login.asp
Product documentationWe regularly update and expand our documentation and multimedia offerings. With a valid maintenance agreement, you can get the latest documentation – in seven languages – on the Online Customer Support (OCS) website.
Developer Suite OnlineDeveloper Suite Online provides documentation, samples, and tips to those customers with a valid maintenance agreement and a Developer Suite license via the Online Customer Support (OCS) website.
Send us your feedbackDo you have a suggestion on how we can improve our documentation? Is there something you particularly like or have found useful? Drop us a line, and we will do our best to ensure that your suggestion is included in the next release of our documentation: [email protected]
NOTEIf your issue concerns a Business Objects product and not the documentation, please contact our Customer Support experts. For information about Customer Support visit: www.businessobjects.com/services/support.htm
Data Access Guide 11
Services
ServicesA global network of Business Objects technology experts provides customer support, education, and consulting to ensure maximum business intelligence benefit to your business.
How we can support you?Business Objects offers customer support plans to best suit the size and requirements of your deployment. We operate three global customer support centers:• Americas: San Jose, California and Atlanta, Georgia• Europe: Maidenhead, United Kingdom• Asia: Tokyo, Japan and Sydney, Australia
Online Customer SupportOur Customer Support website is open to all direct customers with a current maintenance agreement, and provides the most up-to-date Business Objects product and technical information. You can log, update, and track cases from this site using the Business Objects Knowledge Base.
Having an issue with the product?Have you exhausted the troubleshooting resources at your disposal and still not found a solution to a specific issue? For support in deploying Business Objects products, contact Worldwide Customer Support at: www.businessobjects.com/services/support.htm
Looking for the best deployment solution for your company?Business Objects consultants can accompany you from the initial analysis stage to the delivery of your deployment project. Expertise is available in relational and multidimensional databases, in connectivities, database design tools, customized embedding technology, and more.For more information, contact your local sales office, or contact us at: www. businessobjects.com/services/consulting.htm
Looking for training options? From traditional classroom learning to targeted e-learning seminars, we can offer a training package to suit your learning needs and preferred learning style. Find more information on the Business Objects Education website: www.businessobjects.com/services/education.htm
12 Data Access Guide
Useful addresses at a glance
Address ContentBusiness Objects Documentation
www.businessobjects.com/services/documentation.htm
Overview of Business Objects documentation. Links to Online Customer Support, Documentation Supply Store, Documentation Roadmap, Tips & Tricks, Documentation mailbox.
Business Objects Documentation mailbox
Feedback or questions about documentation.
Product documentation
www.businessobjects.com/services/support.htm
The latest Business Objects product documentation, to download or view online.
Business Objects product information
www.businessobjects.com
Information about the full range of Business Objects products.
Developer Suite Online
www.techsupport.businessobjects.com
Available to customers with a valid maintenance agreement and a Developer Suite license via the Online Customer Support (OCS) website. Provides all the documentation, latest samples, kits and tips.
Knowledge Base (KB)
www.techsupport.businessobjects.com
Technical articles, documents, case resolutions.Also, use the Knowledge Exchange to learn what challenges other users – both customers and employees – face and what strategies they find to address complex issues. From the Knowledge Base, click the Knowledge Exchange link.
Tips & Tricks
www.businessobjects.com/forms/tipsandtricks_login.asp
Practical business-focused examples.
Data Access Guide 13
Useful addresses at a glance
Online Customer Support
www.techsupport.businessobjects.com
www.businessobjects.com/services
Starting point for answering questions, resolving issues.
Information about registering with Worldwide Customer Support.
Business Objects Education Services
www.businessobjects.com/services/education.htm
The range of Business Objects training options and modules.
Business Objects Consulting Services
www.businessobjects.com/services/consulting.htm
Information on how Business Objects can help maximize your business intelligence investment.
Address Content
14 Data Access Guide
About this guideThe Data Access User Guide includes information on how to connect your RDBMS to Business Objects products.
AudienceThis guide is intended for users who create connections between relational databases and BusinessObjects, Designer, or Supervisor. It also includes information about configuring your connections for WebIntelligence.
Conventions used in this guideThe conventions used in this guide are described in the table below.
Convention IndicatesThis font Code, SQL syntax, computer programs. For
example: @Select(Country\Country Id). This font is also used for all paths, directories, scripts, commands and files for UNIX.
Some code more code
Placed at the end of a line of code, the symbol ( ) indicates that the next line should be entered continuously with no carriage return.
$DIRECTORYPATHNAME The path to a directory in the Business Objects installation/configuration directory structure. For example:• $INSTALLDIR refers to the Business Objects
installation directory.• $LOCDATADIR refers to a subdirectory of the
Business Objects installation directory called locData.
part
Creating Connections
chapter
Accessing Data with Business Objects Products
18 Data Access Guide
Accessing Data with Business Objects Products
OverviewThis chapter includes information about the following:• Connecting to your data• Data Access Drivers• Connections• WebIntelligence connections• Accessing non-RDBMS data
Data Access Guide 19
Connecting to your data
Connecting to your dataA connection allows you to access your data on an RDBMS through BusinessObjects.
Workflow informationFirst you need to ensure you have access information about your database.1. Install middleware so that you can access your database through either your
computer or a server.2. Install Business Objects products and the appropriate Data Access driver.
For more information on installing Business Objects products, see Installation and Configuration for Windows or Installation and Configuration for UNIX.
3. Using the Connections dialog, connect your middleware to your products.4. Make any necessary modifications to the connectivity parameters.
Database Connectivity DefinitionsIn order for you to understand connecting to BusinessObjects products, you need to understand the following terms:• Relational database• Database server• ODBC• Data Access driver
Relational databaseA relational database contains tables which are groupings of data, columns which are single attributes of a table, and rows which are individual records.
20 Data Access Guide
Accessing Data with Business Objects Products
The following image is a table:
The table is CUSTOMER.The columns are NAME, ADDRESS, and TELEPHONE.The rows are JONES 20 MAIN 555.1243; RUIZ 21 MAIN 555.1423; and SMITH 19 MAIN 555.1234.Tables are joined in different ways to access information.
Database serverA database server is a computer system that processes database queries. Servers are often dedicated, meaning that they perform no other tasks besides their server tasks.
Data Access Guide 21
Connecting to your data
ODBCODBC is an application programming interface for database access. You can access multiple RDBMS with ODBC. ODBC architecture has two major components:• the driver manager• an ODBC driverThe driver manager displays all installed ODBC drivers.
Data Access driverA Data Access driver is Business Objects software that allows communication between Business Objects products and your middleware. You must install a Data Access driver with your Business Objects product.
22 Data Access Guide
Accessing Data with Business Objects Products
Data Access DriversA Business Objects Data Access driver connects BusinessObjects to your middleware. Your middleware connects to a network which accesses your database. In order to use Business Objects products, you must first install your middleware, then a Data Access driver. The driver you install is dependent on the type of database you use. For example, if you access an Oracle 8i database, you must install the appropriate middleware (Oracle 8i Client), then the BusinessObjects Oracle Data Access driver.The types of databases supported through Data Access drivers are listed below. Each data access driver is described in its respective chapter in this guide.and the chapters associated with the connection:• IBM DB2• Informix• Microsoft SQL Server• Oracle• Red Brick• Sybase• Teradata
Data Access Guide 23
Connections
ConnectionsA connection is a link between BusinessObjects, a Business Objects Data Access driver, your middleware, and your database.A connection can also be a link between 3-tier BusinessObjects and your database.You must have a connection between your Business Objects application and your database in order to access your data.
NOTEConnecting to WebIntelligence requires you to set parameters in more than one file.
Who creates connectionsAn administrator creates a repository connection to the database.A universe designer creates a connection.A BusinessObjects user who wants to edit SQL creates a connection.
Creating a connectionIn order to create a connection from a Business Objects product to your database, you must have the following:• middleware• information about your database server• a Business Objects product, such as BusinessObjects, Designer, or
Supervisor• Business Objects Data Access driver
24 Data Access Guide
Accessing Data with Business Objects Products
The following diagrams show the parts that make up a connection.
BusinessObjects in Two-tier modeThe following diagram shows BusinessObjects in Two-tier mode.
Data Access Guide 25
Connections
BusinessObjects in Three-tier modeThe following diagram shows BusinessObjects in Three-tier mode.
26 Data Access Guide
Accessing Data with Business Objects Products
WebIntelligence connectionsWith WebIntelligence 6x, you must make sure that any changes you make to your BusinessObjects connection are replicated for WebIntelligence.This applies specifically to any changes you make to data access configuration files or to data access parameter files. For more information on data access configuration files, see General Data Access Configuration File Reference on page 379 and WebIntelligence Data Access Configuration File Reference on page 425. For more information on data access parameter files, see Data Access Parameter File Reference on page 241.For example, if you change a parameter in the BusinessObjects data configuration file (RDBMSname.sbo), you must also change the parameter in the WebIntelligence data configuration file (RDBMSname.sbo).
EXAMPLEEditing an Oracle connection for both WebIntelligence and BusinessObjects1. From the following directory, locate the BusinessObjects data configuration
file in the directory:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\oracle
2. In a text editor, open the oracle.sbo file.3. Modify the InputDateFormat parameter:
InputDateFormat=’DD-MM-YYYY HH:MM:SS’
4. Save the oracle.sbo file.
Data Access Guide 27
WebIntelligence connections
5. In the dataAccess/connectionServer/oracle directory:6. In a text editor, open the oracle.sbo file.7. Modify the Input Date Format parameter:
Input Date Format=’DD-MM-YYYY HH:MM:SS’
8. Save the oracle.sbo file.You must save the changes in both files to make sure the modifications to the parameter are set.
28 Data Access Guide
Accessing Data with Business Objects Products
Accessing non-RDBMS dataInformation about Relational database management systems only is available in this guide.For information about connecting to an OLAP cube, see the Essbase OLAP Access Pack User's Guide, Express OLAP Access Pack User's Guide, or DB2 OLAP Access Pack User's Guide.For information about connecting to data in a Microsoft Excel file, see the BusinessQuery User’s Guide.
chapter
Creating a Connection to a Database on Windows
30 Data Access Guide
Creating a Connection to a Database on Windows
OverviewThis chapter provides information about creating connections to database middleware running on Windows: It covers the following topics:• Creating connections with Supervisor• Creating connections with Designer• Logging in using the Business Objects login• Creating Restrictive connections• Configuring the Advanced tab• Configuring the Custom tabFor information on creating connections to access a database on UNIX, see the chapter on creating connections to databases running on UNIX.
Data Access Guide 31
Creating a connection to access a database on Windows
Creating a connection to access a database on Windows
In order to access your database on Windows, you must:• Install middleware.• Install Supervisor, Designer, or BusinessObjects.• Install the Business Objects Data Access driver for your database
middleware.• Connect your Business Objects products with one of the procedures in this
section.Once you have installed a driver, you have access to its network layer. A network layer allows you to display the connectivity dialog boxes with which you can access your database.You can create connections in which Business Objects products?You can connect to your database through three Business Objects products:
Product See the section...Supervisor Creating connections with Supervisor
Designer Creating connections with Designer
BusinessObjects Creating connections with BusinessObjects
32 Data Access Guide
Creating a Connection to a Database on Windows
Creating connections with SupervisorYou can use Supervisor to create connections for the following reasons:• Creating a repository connection• Creating a new connection for a universe• Creating a connection for stored procedures or WebIntelligence auditing
NOTEYou can create only secured connections from Supervisor. A secured connection stores the connection in the security domain of the Business Objects repository to centralize and control access to sensitive or critical data.
Creating a repository connectionYou must create a repository for your BusinessObjects deployment. For more information about repositories, see the Deployment Guide and the Supervisor’s Guide.To create a repository connection:1. Start Supervisor.2. When the Login dialog box appears, click Admin.
The Administration Setup Wizard appears.Note: For information on Supervisor, see the Supervisor’s Guide.
3. In Step 3 of the Administration Setup Wizard, select your database client from the Select the network layer list box.
4. Click Setup.The database client dialog box appears.
5. Select your database server version from the Database engine list box.6. Type a name for the connection in the Name text box.
For information on accessing your database using a BusinessObjects login, see Logging in using the Business Objects login on page 44.
7. Type your user name in the User name text box.8. Type your password in the Password text box.9. Type the service name or database alias name used to access your server in
the Database text box.OrSelect a data source from the Data Source Name drop down list. If you do not
Data Access Guide 33
Creating connections with Supervisor
have a data source available, click ODBC Admin and define one.10.Click Test.11. If your connection is successful, click OK.
OrIf your connection is not successful, click Details. Contact your database administrator for information about your database or middleware configuration.
NOTEYou can modify all connection parameters except for the connection type. When creating connections with Supervisor, the connection is always a secured connection.
If you want to set additional connection options, see Configuring the Advanced tab on page 45.
Creating a new connection for a universeYou can create a new secured connection for a universe from Supervisor.To create a new universe connection:1. Start Supervisor.2. Click the Universe tab in the Resource pane.3. Double-click a universe.
The universe properties dialog box appears.4. Click the Definition tab and click New.
The Add a connection dialog appears.5. Click a database client in the Network Layer box.6. Click OK.
The database client dialog box appears.7. Select your release of a database server version from the Database engine
list box.8. Type a name for the connection in the Name text box.
For information on accessing your database using a BusinessObjects login, see Logging in using the Business Objects login on page 44.
9. Type your user name in the User name text box.10.Type your password in the Password text box.11.Type the service name or database alias name used to access your server in
34 Data Access Guide
Creating a Connection to a Database on Windows
the Database text box.OrSelect a data source from the Data Source Name drop down list. If you do not have a data source available, click ODBC Admin and define one.
12.Click Test.13. If your connection is successful, click OK.
OrIf your connection is not successful, click Details. Contact your database administrator for information about your database or middleware configuration.
If you want to set additional connection options, see Configuring the Advanced tab on page 45.
NOTEYou can modify all connection parameters except for the connection type. When creating connections with Supervisor, the connection is always a secured connection.
Creating a connection for stored procedures or WebIntelligence auditingFor more information on stored procedures, see the section on stored procedures in the chapter specific to your database in this guide.For information on WebIntelligence auditing, see the Auditor User’s Guide.To create a connection to access stored procedures or for use with WebIntelligence auditing:1. Start Supervisor.2. Select Tools > Connections.3. Click Add in the Connections dialog box.4. Click a database client in the Add a connection dialog box.5. Click OK.
The database client dialog box appears.6. Select a database server from the Database engine list box.7. Type a name for the connection in the Name text box.
For information on accessing your database using a BusinessObjects login,
Data Access Guide 35
Creating connections with Supervisor
see Logging in using the Business Objects login on page 44.8. Type your user name in the User name text box.9. Type your password in the Password text box.10.Type the service name or database alias name used to access your server in
the Database text box.OrSelect a data source from the Data Source Name drop down list. If you do not have a data source available, click ODBC Admin and define one.
11.Click Test.12. If your connection is successful, click OK.
OrIf your connection is not successful, click Details. Contact your database administrator for information about your database or middleware configuration.
If you want to set additional connection options, see Configuring the Advanced tab on page 45.
NOTEYou can modify all connection parameters except for the connection type. When creating connections with Supervisor, the connection is always a secured connection.
36 Data Access Guide
Creating a Connection to a Database on Windows
Creating connections with DesignerYou can create connections for universes with Designer.
When do you need to create a connection for a universe?When you create a universe, you must firstly create a connection for the universe. The connection parameters are saved in the universe. You can modify the connection at any time.You can use Designer to create connections for the following reasons:• Creating a new connection for the active universe• Adding a new connection to the connections available to a universeEach case is described in its respective section below.
What type of connections can you create?You can create the following types of connections:
Once a connection is saved in a Business Objects product, you can modify all its parameters except for its type. If you want to define the same connection with a different type, you must recreate it.
Type DescriptionPersonal Specifies that the connection belongs to the user who
defined it. Other users cannot use or modify the connection.This option is not recommended for a Designer connection.
Secured Stores the connection in the security domain of the Business Objects repository to centralize and control access to sensitive or critical data.Use this option if you are creating a universe that is accessible through the BusinessObjects repository.
Shared Specifies that the connection is shared by multiple users. All users who have access to this connection can use it and edit it.Shared connections are not secure. This option is best used in a universe testing environment.
Data Access Guide 37
Creating connections with Designer
NOTE
If you want to export a universe to a BusinessObjects repository, you must create a secured connection.
Creating a new connection for the active universeYou create a connection when you create a universe. You can also create a new connection for an open universe.To create a connection for the active universe:1. Start Designer and open a universe.2. Select File > Parameters.
The Universe Parameters dialog box appears.3. Click the Definition tab and click New.
The Add a connection dialog appears.4. Click a database client in the Network Layer box.5. Click OK.
The database client dialog box appears.6. Select your database servern version from the Database engine list box.7. Type a name for the connection in the Name text box.
For information on accessing your database using a BusinessObjects login, see Logging in using the Business Objects login on page 44.
8. Type your user name in the User name text box.9. Type your password in the Password text box.10.Type the service name or database alias name used to access your server in
the Database text box.OrSelect a data source from the Data Source Name drop down list. If you do not have a data source available, click ODBC Admin and define one.
11. If your connection is successful, click OK.OrIf your connection is not successful, click Details. Contact your database administrator for information about your database or middleware configuration.
If you want to set additional connection options, see Configuring the Advanced tab on page 45.
38 Data Access Guide
Creating a Connection to a Database on Windows
Adding a new connection to the connections available to a universeYou can add a connection to the list of connections available to the active universe. Universes that appear in the list of available connections appear in the Connections drop down list on the Definition page of the Parameters dialog box (Select File > Parameters).Once you have added a connection to the list of available connections, you can select any listed connection to apply to the active universe at any time.To add a new connection to the list of available connections:1. Start Designer.2. Select Tools > Connections.
The Connections dialog box appears.3. Click Add.
The Add a connection dialog box appears.4. Click a database client in the Network Layer box.5. Click OK.
The database client dialog box appears.6. Select database server version from the Database engine list box.7. Type a name for the connection in the Name text box.
For information on accessing your database using a BusinessObjects login, see Logging in using the Business Objects login on page 44.
8. Type your user name in the User name text box.9. Type your password in the Password text box.10.Type the service name or database alias name used to access your server in
the Database text box.OrSelect a data source from the Data Source Name drop down list. If you do not have a data source available, click ODBC Admin and define one.
11. If your connection is successful, select your type of connection from the Type box.OrIf your connection is not successful, click Details. Contact your database administrator for information about your database or middleware configuration.
12.Click OK.If you want to set additional connection options, see Configuring the Advanced tab on page 45.
Data Access Guide 39
Creating connections with BusinessObjects
Creating connections with BusinessObjectsYou can modify SQL scripts through BusinessObjects. You can open and run the scripts or create new ones.
Accessing your database from the Free-Hand SQL EditorTo access a database from the SQL Free and SQL Editor:1. Start BusinessObjects and click the New Report Wizard button on the
Standard toolbar.The New Report Wizard appears.
2. Select an option for the report layout, then click Next.The Specify Data Access dialog box appears.
3. Click Others and select Free-hand SQL.4. Click Finish.
The Free-Hand SQL dialog appears.5. Click the Create a new connection icon.
The Add a connection dialog appears.6. Click a database client in the Network Layer box.7. Click OK.
The database Client dialog box appears.8. Select a database server release from the Database engine list box.9. Type a name for the connection in the Name text box.
For information on accessing your database using a BusinessObjects login, see Logging in using the Business Objects login on page 44.
10.Type your user name in the User name text box.11.Type your password in the Password text box.12.Type the service name or database alias name used to access your server in
the Database text box.13.Click Test.
If the message “The server is responding!” appears, your connection is successful.If the message “The server is not responding!” appears, your connection is not successful. Click Details. Contact your database administrator for information about your database or middleware configuration.
14. If your connection is successful, select your type of connection from the Type
40 Data Access Guide
Creating a Connection to a Database on Windows
box.You can select the following types of connections:
You cannot create a secured connection with the Freehand SQL Editor.
Once a connection is saved in a Business Objects product, you can modify all its parameters except for its type. If you want to define the same connection with a different type, you must recreate it.
15.Click OK.If you want to set additional connection options, see Configuring the Advanced tab on page 45.
NOTEWhen you deploy WebIntelligence on UNIX platforms, you need to create your connections directly on the UNIX platform. For more information, see Click OK to close the Connectivity dialog box. on page 47.
Type DescriptionPersonal Specifies that the connection belongs to the user who
defined it. Other users cannot use or modify the connection.Use this option to access database accounts to test an SQL sample through Free-Hand SQL.
Shared Specifies that the connection is shared by multiple users. All users who have access to this connection can use it and edit it.
Data Access Guide 41
Creating Restrictive connections
Creating Restrictive connectionsA restrictive connection is a special type of connection that can be used to restrict data access. If you want to force a user to enter data account access parameters, for example when they refresh a report, you should define a restrictive connection.You can define a restrictive connection at the data account level with the following connection types:• Secured Universe connections (exported)• Non secured universe connections (not exported)• Secured connections used for Stored procedures• Connections defined for Free hand SQLThe restrictive connection uses a @Variable function as a User name value in the login page of the Network layer dialog box for the connection. It has the following syntax:
NOTEYou should only use Restrictive connections with Business Objects desktop products. Restrictive connections are not supported for use with server products such as WebIntelligenceand Broadcast Agent.
Restrictive connections have the following characteristics:• Use the @Variable(’BOUSERPROMPT’) function as a login parameter.
When a BusinessObjects document is refreshed using a restrictive connection, a login box appears, and the user must enter their database user name and password to access the data in the document.
• The BusinessObjects user must know their database user name and login. This is independent of their Business Objects user name and password.
@Variable(’BOUSERPROMPT’)
42 Data Access Guide
Creating a Connection to a Database on Windows
Restrictive connections and connection timeDepending on the advanced parameters defined for a restrictive connection, a user may be required to enter database login to access data more than once in a session for different data access actions. Some examples are listed below:
Defining a restrictive connectionYou can define a restrictive connection as follows:1. Open the Add a Connection page.
See the creating connection procedures earlier in the book to get this dialog box.
2. Click a driver name and click OK.A dialog box for your Data Access driver opens to the Login page. The Database engine drop-down list box displays the RDBMS available for the Data Access driver that you selected.
3. Type a name for the connection. (You can enter up to 35 characters.)4. Select a RDBMS from the Database Engine drop-down list box.5. Do the following in the Login group box:
- Type @Variable(’BOUSERPROMPT’) in the User Name box.- Type the password for the database in the Password box.- Select or type the name of your database, or connection, in the Database drop-down list box, or text box, depending on your target RDBMS.
6. Select Secured from the connection type from the Type list box.7. Specify all the remaining parameters that are specific to your RDBMS.8. Click the Test button.
If the connection is valid a message box appears indicating that the connection is correct. If you receive an error message, check to see that you entered all the parameters correctly. If the error persists, refer to the section
Advanced parameter Effect on connection activity when selected...Keep the connection active during the whole session
User is prompted to enter database login parameters on the first refresh of a report, but not for subsequent refreshes. However, if the user starts the SQL parser to validate a SQL statement, then they could be prompted to enter database login to run the SQL check.
Disconnect after each transaction
User is prompted for database login on each document refresh, or each time a query is run.
Data Access Guide 43
Creating Restrictive connections
of your RDBMS documentation relating to error messages.9. Click the OK button.
The Universe Parameters dialog box is displayed once again. It displays the name of the current connection.
44 Data Access Guide
Creating a Connection to a Database on Windows
Logging in using the Business Objects login You can use a Business Objects login to access your database. The Business Objects login must be identical to your database login. Using the same login increases the security of a connection, as a user is verified as a Business Objects user when they connect to the repository before connecting to the database.Contact your Business Objects administrator to request your Business Objects login. For more information on creating users and modifying profiles, see the Supervisor’s Guide.
Data Access Guide 45
Configuring the Advanced tab
Configuring the Advanced tabUse the Advanced tab to override the following common configuration options:• Defining the duration of a connection into a pool• Switching between synchronous and asynchronous modes• Defining how Business Objects products respond when database resources
are not available• Defining the size of the array fetchTo set any additional connectivity options, click the Custom tab. For information on the Custom tab, see Configuring the Custom tab on page 47.
Item DescriptionConnection PropertiesKeep the connection active during the whole session
Click if you want your connection to stay active during the entire session of the product; the connection ends when the user exits the application.
Keep the connection active for x minutes
Click if you want your connection to stay active for a defined period of time. You must also enter a value for the number of minutes.This is the default Connection Property.
Disconnect after each transaction
Click if you want your connection to disconnect immediately after the transaction is completed. Users will have to reconnect each time they want to access data.
Connection ModeUse asynchronous mode Click if you want to give users who submit
queries to the server:• the ability to regain control immediately• the ability to cancel queries using the Esc
keyNote: If you are creating a connection for a universe which is accessed with WebIntelligence, do not select Use asynchronous mode.
46 Data Access Guide
Creating a Connection to a Database on Windows
Use synchronous mode Click if you want to give users who submit queries the ability to cancel queries using the Esc key.This is the default Connection Mode.
Locked resourcesGet error message and stop Click if you want your connection to disconnect
and notify the user that the resource is locked when a user receives an error message.This is the default Locked Resources option.
Wait for resources Click if you want your connection to remain active without notifying users.
Array fetch size Enter the maximum number of rows authorized with each fetch. If you enter 20, and your query retrieves 100 rows, the connection executes 5 fetches to retrieve your data. Five fetches of 20 rows each equals 100 rows of data.If you enter 1, the array fetch is deactivated and data is retrieved row by row.Note: Deactivating array fetch is the safest way of retrieving your data but row-by-row retrieval slows down server performance. The greater the value in the Array fetch size option, the faster your rows are retrieved; you must, however, ensure you have adequate client system memory.Note: If a query retrieves data containing blob or long text types, the array fetch is automatically reset to 1.The default value is 20.
Perform the cost estimate Click the check box if you want to perform a cost estimate.
Item Description
Data Access Guide 47
Configuring the Custom tab
Configuring the Custom tabThe Custom tab is only for advanced users.The following appears in the Oracle Client Custom tab for a repository connection:RecommendedLenTransfert
Hint
For information on these parameters, see Data Access Parameter File Reference on page 241.To override connectivity options in the Custom tab:1. Click the option you want to configure.
In the Description box, you can find a description and the possible values for the option you selected.
2. Enter a new value in the Value box and click Set.3. Repeat step 1 and 2 if you need to modify the configuration of other options.4. Click OK to close the Connectivity dialog box.
48 Data Access Guide
Creating a Connection to a Database on Windows
chapter
Creating a Connection to a Database on UNIX
50 Data Access Guide
Creating a Connection to a Database on UNIX
OverviewThis chapter describes creating connections to access supported middleware for UNIX platforms.
Data Access Guide 51
Creating connections to databases on UNIX
Creating connections to databases on UNIXTo deploy WebIntelligence server on a UNIX platform, you must:• ensure your database middleware is installed and available before you run
WebIntelligence• create connections directly on your UNIX platformOnce you create the Business Objects repository on a Windows platform, the repository characteristics are stored in the bomain.key file. This file is distributed to all users so they may access the repository. The default location for this file is:/<Application Data Directory>/LocData/
For more information on the bomain.key file, see the Supervisor’s Guide.When you deploy WebIntelligence on UNIX, you may not have access to the bomain.key file. If you don’t have one, you can create this file directly on your UNIX platform using the wmainkey utility. The wmainkey utility creates the connection to the repository and creates the bomain.key file itself. The default location for this file is:/<WebIntelligence Install Directory>/SetUp/
Using the Wmainkey utilityThe wmainkey utility is executed from the shell command line. Use the following syntax:wmainkey [-f] <filename>
The wmainkey command can be used in three ways:• without any option specified
When you run the command, you are prompted for each required parameter. • with the -f option
You specify an .xml file containing the definitions of the connection parameters.
• with the -c optionAccepts options from the command line.
You use the wmainkey utility as follows:wmainkey -t
wmainkey -t
wmainkey -i <filename> -k <filename> [-m <middleware>]
[-e <database>][-u <user name>] [-p <password>] [-s <source>]
[-d <database>] [-on <owner name>] [-o <keyfile>]
52 Data Access Guide
Creating a Connection to a Database on UNIX
wmainkey -f
wmainkey -h
ParametersThe following parameters are available:
Parameter Value Meaning-lm List available client middleware.
-le List available database engines.
-x Export a connection definition file.
-c Create a keyfile.
-t Test a connection.
-i <def_file> Specify an input connection definition file.
-k <keyfile> Specify an input keyfile.
-m <client_middleware> Specify a client middleware name.
-e <database_engine> Specify a database engine name.
-u <user> Specify a user name.
-p <password> Specify a password.
-s <source> Specify a data source name.
-d <database> Specify a database name.
-on <owner_name> Specify an owner name
-o <keyfile> Specify the output keyfile name.
-f Force overwrite of output file
Data Access Guide 53
Creating connections to databases on UNIX
Creating the bomain.key file interactivelyWhen you execute wmainkey, the utility prompts you for each connection parameter. Once you have finished creating the bomain.key file, the connection parameters and the default configuration settings are stored within the bomain.key file. To create the bomain.key file:1. Start wmainkey from a shell command line by typing:
/<WebIntelligence Install Directory>/SetUp/wmainkey
2. Choose the RDBMS you are accessing.(1) DB2 CAE
(2) Oracle OCI
Specify which Database:
For example, enter 2 for Oracle.3. Enter the number that corresponds to your database engine.4. Enter the connection parameters: Username, Password, and Service Name.5. Enter y to check the connection to your server.
If you get an error message, check your connection parameters and try again.Once you have completed entering the connection parameters, the bomain.key is created inside: /<Application Data Directory>/LocData/
and a mainkey.param file containing all the connection parameters, except for the password which is hidden, is created inside:/<WebIntelligence Install Directory>/SetUp/
NOTEThe mainkey.param file contains the connection parameters and the configuration settings. Use the cat command to display the content of the file:cat /<WebIntelligence Install Directory>/SetUp/mainkey.param
For more information on parameters, see Data Access Parameter File Reference on page 241 and Functions on page 321.
54 Data Access Guide
Creating a Connection to a Database on UNIX
Using wmainkey with a parameter file (option -i)The -i option of wmainkey specifies an xml file containing the parameters to use to create the bomain.key file.Wmainkey can also create the parameter file which can then be edited using a text or an xml editor.There are three steps:1. Run wmainkey from the command line using the -x -n and -d parameters:
wmainkey -x -m <middleware> -e <database> > <xml filename>
For example, if you use an Oracle database named orcl and want to name the xml file bomainparam.xml enter:wmainkey -x -m Oracle -e orcl > bomainparam.xml
2. Edit the.xml you have created in the above step with a text editor.An example of the correct format appears below.
3. Run wmainkey again with the -i option specifying the filename.For example, if you want to use a file named bomainparam.xmlenter:wmainkey -i bomainparam.xml
Data Access Guide 55
Creating connections to databases on UNIX
Parameter file formatUse wmainkey to create the file then edit it with a text or xml editor.For example, the content of the parameter file should be in the following format:<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<ConnectionDefinition NetworkLayer="ODBC" RDBMS="MS SQL Server 7.x">
<Shared/>
<ConnectionName>My connection</ConnectionName>
<User>test</User>
<Password>test</Password>
<DataSource>my DSN</DataSource>
<Pooling>33</Pooling>
<ArrayFetch>44</ArrayFetch>
<ArrayBind>55</ArrayBind>
<LogTimeout>66</LogTimeout>
<CustomParameter Name="Binary Slice Size">345</CustomParameter>
</ConnectionDefinition>
Save the file, as, for example:$INSTALLDIR/setup/bomainparam.xml
Using wmainkey from the command line (option -c)The -c option of wmainkey lets you specify parameters in the command line.For example:$INSTALLDIR/setup/wmainkey -c -e <database engine> -m <client middleware>
56 Data Access Guide
Creating a Connection to a Database on UNIX
Updating bomain.keyYou may need to update the existing bomain.key file, for example if the repository’s connection parameters have changed. To do so, you must create or edit the parameter file and run wmainkey with the -f option specifying the file. Before starting the wmainkey command, you must ensure that you are logged on as the same user used to run the Configuration Tool. Otherwise, you may not have sufficient rights to create the file.To create the parameter file, see Using the Wmainkey utility on page 51. To edit the parameter file:Use a text editor to open the parameter file.Edit the file as needed and save the modifications.Launch wmainkey from the command line by typing:$INSTALLDIR/setup/wmainkey -f <filename>
where <filename> corresponds to the parameter file.To avoid having to type the full path of the file location, change to the $INSTALLDIR/setup directory first.If prompted for the password parameter, enter the password.The updated bomain.key file by default is stored in the directory $INSTALLDIR/node/<hostname>/<clustername>/locdata
unless you specified a different location.
Checking your connection with wmainkeyYou can use wmainkey to check your connection to your database. At the terminal prompt, enter:wmainkey -t -k bomain.key
Displaying wmainkey helpTo display help for wmainkey, enter:wmainkey -h
The help screen appears.
part
Managing Connections
chapter
Using Predefined Data Access Variables
60 Data Access Guide
Using Predefined Data Access Variables
OverviewIn Business Objects products you can use predefined variables for security purposes. The following predefined variables contain the login parameter used to connect to the database:• DBUSER which contains the user name• DBPASSWORD which contains the password• DBDATABASE which contains the alias name for the protocol, server name
and database nameThese predefined variables are different from other variables used in Business Objects products, for example BOUSER, and BOPASS, which refer to user identification. For more information about variables used in Business Objects products, refer to the Designer’s Guide or to the BusinessObjects User’s Guide.You can use these predefined variables to:• Define a restriction on an object• Define a condition on a query
Defining a restriction on an object using predefined variablesIn Designer, you can define an object in which you include these database variables in the Where clause. To use these variables, you must enter the following syntax:@Variable(’DBVARIABLE’)
@Variable is a function used to reference a value assigned to a name or variable.To access the Edit Properties dialog box in Designer:1. Open Designer.2. Open a universe.3. In the Universe Window, right-click an object.4. Click Object Properties.
Data Access Guide 61
The Edit Properties dialog box displays the object properties and SQL definition of the Customer object, which enables users to retrieve all the customer last names having a first name equal to the DBUSER value:.
SELECT
Customer.last_name
FROM
Customer
WHERE
(
Customer.first_name = @variable('DBUSER')
)
62 Data Access Guide
Using Predefined Data Access Variables
Defining a condition on a query using predefined variablesIn BUSINESSOBJECTS, you can define a query in which you include these variables in the query condition. To use these variables, you must:1. Display the Query Panel.2. Drag an object from the Classes and Objects box to the Conditions box.3. Double-click an operator from the Operators box.4. Double-click the Type a new prompt operand.5. A text box appears next to the operator.6. Enter the predefined variable then press Enter.7. When you enter a variable inside the text box, you must type it in uppercase.
Data Access Guide 63
The following image shows a query whose definition enables users to retrieve all the customers whose last names are not equal to the DBPASSWORD value.
Click the View SQL button on the Query Panel toolbar to display the SQL definition of this query:
64 Data Access Guide
Using Predefined Data Access Variables
chapter
Checking your Connection Configuration
66 Data Access Guide
Checking your Connection Configuration
OverviewBusiness Objects allows you to check your connection configuration.Using a command line tool, you have the following options:• Checking available connectivities• Displaying a list of installed data access drivers• Displaying a list of active data access drivers• Checking your middleware• Testing a connection to a database server• Checking a data access driver.
Data Access Guide 67
Using the Check Tool
Using the Check ToolThe Check tool is a command line utility provided with your data access driver. You can use the Check tool to check your client middleware and Business Objects data access driver installation at any time.The Check tool is installed as follows:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\dataAccess\RDBMS\connection Server\cscheck.exe
Using the Check toolYou can run the Check tool at any time.
Running the Check toolTo run the cscheck utility:1. Open a DOS prompt.2. Change to the path where the utility is installed, for example:
cd <BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\dataAccess\RDBMS\connectionServer
3. Enter cscheck with the values you want to check.4. Review the returned information.The Check tool syntax and functions that you can use are described below.
Check tool syntaxYou use the Check tool in a command editor. You use the following syntax:
Check tool syntax Descriptioncscheck (--help|-h) [(--language|l) <lg>] Displays general help message for
cscheck utility.<lg>: output language name.
cscheck [(--language|l) <lg>] <function name> (--help|-h)
Displays the help message for the function.
cscheck [(--language|l) <lg>] [--xml|x] [--mute|m] <function name> <function options>
Calls the function with its options.--xml: xml output--mute: no output
68 Data Access Guide
Checking your Connection Configuration
<function name> can take the following values:• (middleware|mw)• (list|lt)• (accessdriver|ad)• (connectivity|ct)• (driverssearch|ds)• (find|fd)• (ping|pg)Each of these functions is described in the following section.
Check tool functionsYou can run the following functions:
Drivers searchThe tool returns the list of BO access drivers that are installed on your local machine.
Syntaxcscheck [(--language|l) <lg>] [--xml|x] [--mute|m] (driverssearch|ds)
Examplecscheck driverssearch
ListThis function returns the list of network layers and database engines and allows you to get the correct network layers and database engine syntax when using other functions.
NOTEThis function returns the full list of supported data access drivers and middleware. You receive the full list even if you do not have all the listed data access drivers and middleware installed.
Syntaxcscheck [(--language|l) <lg>] [--xml|x] [--mute|m] (list|lt)
Examplecscheck list
Data Access Guide 69
Using the Check Tool
MiddlewareOn your local machine, the tool checks the client middleware installation. Specify which couple(s) network layer / database engine you want to validate and run the command.
Syntaxcscheck [(--language|l) <lg>] [--xml|x] [--mute|m] (middleware|mw) {(-c|--clientlayer) <layername> (-d|--database) <dbname>}
Examplecscheck --xml middleware -c "Oracle Client" -d "Oracle 8.1" > c:\result.xml
Data access driverOn your local machine, the tool checks the Business Objects access driver(s) installation.Specify which couple(s) network layer / database engine you want to validate and run the command.
Syntaxcscheck [(--language|l) <lg>] [--xml|x] [--mute|m] (accessdriver|ad) {(-c|--clientlayer) <layername> (-d|--database) <dbname>}
Examplecscheck -l English accessdriver -c "Oracle Client" -d "Oracle 8.1"
ConnectivityOn your local machine, the tool checks the global connectivity (ies) (client middleware + BO access driver) installation.Specify which couple(s) network layer / database engine you want to validate and run the command.
Syntaxcscheck [(--language|l) <lg>] [--xml|x] [--mute|m] (connectivity|ct) {(-c|--clientlayer) <layername> (-d|--database) <dbname>}
Examplecscheck -l English connectivity -c "Oracle Client" -d "Oracle 8.1">c:\result.txt
70 Data Access Guide
Checking your Connection Configuration
FindReturns the list of access drivers loaded by Connection Server
Syntaxcscheck (find|fd)
Examplecscheck find –m local
PingAttempts to establish a simple connection with connection server. It returns information such as the network layer, and user name.
Syntaxcscheck (ping|pg)
Examplecscheck ping -m local -c "Oracle Client" -d "Oracle 8.1" -u "efashion" -p "password" -s "Harlaxton"
part
Configuring Specific Data Access Drivers
chapter
IBM DB2 Data Access
74 Data Access Guide
IBM DB2 Data Access
OverviewThis chapter provides information about IBM DB2-specific connections, including:• Optimizing data access performance• Configuring the IBM DB2 server• IBM DB2 datatype conversionFor information on creating a connection to access a DB2 database on Windows, see the chapter Creating a Connection to a Database on Windows.For information on creating connections to access an DB2 database on UNIX, see the chapter Creating a Connection to a Database on UNIX.
Data Access Guide 75
Connecting to Business Objects products with IBM DB2
Connecting to Business Objects products with IBM DB2
The following operating systems and IBM DB2 releases are supported for connection:
IBM DB2 Release MiddlewareIBM DB2 on NT/Unix DB2 Client
76 Data Access Guide
IBM DB2 Data Access
Optimizing data access performanceYou can modify and add parameters to the connection parameter files to improve data access performance. This section contains information for advanced users.
OverviewWhen you install the IBM DB2 Data Access driver, connection parameter files are copied to the data access folder in the BusinessObjects path. Business Objects products use these files to manage your connections. You can customize these files to optimize connections.The following connection parameter files are installed:
The parameter files are installed in two separate folders:.
When you modify a connection parameter for WebIntelligence, you need to also modify the parameter files in both oracle directories.
File name Descriptiondriver.prm (XML format)driveren.prm (text format)
Contain the parameters needed to create and manage your universes, and generate SQL. For more information, see Modifying the parameter files on page 77.
driveren.prm (XML format)
Contains information about each SQL function used in the driver.prm
db2.stg (XML format)db2en.txt (text format)
Contain external strategy definitions based on SQL. For more information, see Modifying an external strategy File on page 89.
db2en.stg Contains information about the external strategies used in db2.stg
db2.sbo Contains the default connection parameters. For more information, see Modifying the data configuration files on page 88.
Connection files used by... PathAll Business Objects products except WebIntelligence
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\db2
WebIntelligence only <BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\connectionServer\db2
Data Access Guide 77
Optimizing data access performance
When you modify a connection parameter for all other Business Objects products you only need to modify the parameter files in the \legacy\oracle directory.
Modifying the parameter filesYou can add SQL functions or modify existing parameters in the driver.prm file to optimize your connection.There are two driver.prm files:
Depending on your Business Objects products you edit either one or both driver.prm files as follows:
The connection is used by any Business Objects product except WebIntelligenceIf you want to modify a connection parameter for all Business Objects products except WebIntelligence, then you only need to edit the following file:
The connection is used by WebIntelligenceIf you are using WebIntelligence you need to modify both the driver.prm files listed below:
If you use WebIntelligence, you must modify both driver.prm files every time you make a change to one file. The driver.prm file is declared in either the AS400.sbo file or the DB2.sbo file in the following parameter: SQL Parameter File=
Oracle parameter file DescriptionGeneral parameter file Contains the parameters relevant to
BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products
WebIntelligence parameter file
Contains the parameters relevant to WebIntelligence only.
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\db2\driver.prm
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\db2\driver.prm
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\connection server\db2\driver.prm
78 Data Access Guide
IBM DB2 Data Access
General parameter fileThe driveren.prm file for BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products is divided into the following four sections: • RDBMS• DATE• OPERATORS• FUNCTIONS
RDBMSThis section contains all the parameters needed for SQL generation. It can also include the strategy file to use for creating candidate objects and joins, parameters to prefix tables with qualifiers and/or owners, and other creation parameters.
NOTEBusiness Objects recommends that you only add parameters. If you must modify a parameter, exercise caution as the parameter settings enable Business Objects products to create SQL. If you modify the settings, the modified parameters could generate errors. Do not remove parameters.
For information about each parameter, see Data Access Parameter File Reference on page 241.
DATEThis section defines the SQL syntax for a given date. It contains the syntax for Year, Quarter, and Month. This SQL syntax is used for the Automatic Time Hierarchy feature in Designer or in BusinessObjects.
OPERATORSThis section defines the SQL syntax for the operators you can access in the Query Panel when you create a condition.
FUNCTIONSThis section defines the SQL functions with their SQL syntax. These functions appear in Designer to create universe objects or in BusinessObjects to create user objects.
Data Access Guide 79
Optimizing data access performance
Business Objects products provide you with the most commonly used functions. If you need additional functions, you can add them to the driveren.prm file. A function has the following structure:
Function parameter Description(n) Order in which the function appears in the
driveren.prm file. n starts at 0 and each function number should be different.
NAME= function name The name of the function as it appears in BusinessObjects.
TRAD= Input field1: $Input field2: Displays input field names for each argument you entered inside the parentheses of the SQL function (the SQL= parameter). These input field names appear in the User Object dialog box in BusinessObjects. Each input field name should end by a “:”. If you have more than one input field, from the second and onwards, you must add a $ sign in front of the input field name.
HELP= Help text Function help text that appears in Designer and BusinessObjects.
TYPE=A Type of function: A=alphanumeric, N=numeric, and D=date.
IN_MACRO=Y Indicates whether the function should appear in BusinessObjects.
GROUP=Y Indicates whether the function is an aggregate function.
SQL=SQL function name($A,$N) Displays a SQL function with its arguments. This function name appears in Designer. Inside the parentheses, you enter the arguments that make up the function. The possible arguments are: $A (alphanumeric), $N (numeric), $D (date), and $* (all types). If the function does not contain arguments, you leave a blank inside the parentheses.
80 Data Access Guide
IBM DB2 Data Access
Before you create your function, make sure you are using the correct driver.prm file:
Adding a function to the driveren.prm FileBusiness Objects provides a list of SQL functions in the driveren.prm file. You may add functions to this list. To add a function:1. Open the driveren.prm file with a text editor.2. Copy a defined function with all of its parameters.3. Scroll to the bottom of the file and paste the copied function.4. You must leave a carriage return below the last function.5. Inside the n parameter, increment the function by 1.6. Enter a new function name in the NAME= parameter.7. Enter an input field name for each SQL function argument in the TRAD=
parameter. If the new function doesn’t have arguments, leave this parameter blank.
8. Enter explicit help text for the function in the HELP= parameter.9. Enter the function type in the TYPE= parameter.10.Enter either Y or N in the IN_MACRO= parameter, indicating Y if the function
is accessible from BusinessObjects or N if the function is not accessible from BusinessObjects.
11.Enter either Y or N in the GROUP= parameter, indicating Y if the function is an aggregate function or N if the function is not an aggregate function.
12.Enter the SQL function name with any arguments in the SQL= parameter.13.Save the file.
Your IBM DB2 server Parameter fileIBM DB2/UDB for NT db2udben.prm
Data Access Guide 81
Optimizing data access performance
NOTE
If you also use WebIntelligence, you must also complete the procedure described in Adding a function to the driveren.prm XML file on page 87.
The following is an example of a newly created function:(60)
NAME= Example
TRAD= Text: $Date:
HELP= Displays an Example function
TYPE=A
IN_MACRO=Y
GROUP=N
SQL=example($A,$D)
82 Data Access Guide
IBM DB2 Data Access
To see your newly created function in Designer:In Designer, in the left pane, double click an object. The Edit Properties dialog appears. In the Select section of the dialog, click the >> button. The following dialog appears:
Function SQL=($A,$D)
Function TYPE=A
Data Access Guide 83
Optimizing data access performance
To see your function in BusinessObjects:In BusinessObjects, create a report. In the Query Panel, click User Objects. The User Objects dialog appears. Click Add.
Each argument is checked on input to ensure the input matches the datatype indicated in the function. For example, if a function is specified as a DATE format, the user must enter a date format.
WebIntelligence parameter fileThe driveren.prm file for WebIntelligence is an XML file divided into the following four sections:• Configuration• DateOperations• Operators• FunctionsYou should use an XML editor to view and modify this file.
ConfigurationThis section defines parameters for SQL generation. Each parameter is defined with the tag <Parameter>. The Name attribute specifies the name of the parameter. The data included in the tag is the value of the parameter.
Function
Function
Function
Function TRAD=
HELP=
TYPE=A
ExampleNAME=
84 Data Access Guide
IBM DB2 Data Access
EXAMPLE
<Configuration>
<Parameter Name="SORT_BY_NO">NO</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="GROUPBYCOL">NO</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="EXT_JOIN">YES</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="EXT_JOIN_INVERT">YES</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="LEFT_OUTER">$(+)</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="RIGHT_OUTER">$(+)</Parameter>
</Configuration>
DateOperationsThis section defines functions related to date handling. The attribute Name is used to specify the identifier of the <DateOperation> tag.
EXAMPLE
<DateOperations>
<DateOperation Name="YEAR">TO_NUMBER(TO_CHAR($D,'YYYY'))</DateOperation>
<DateOperation Name="QUARTER">TO_NUMBER(TO_CHAR($D,'Q'))</DateOperation>
<DateOperation Name="MONTH">TO_NUMBER(TO_CHAR($D,'MM'))</DateOperation>
</DateOperations>
OperatorsThis section defines the operators available in the database. The operator properties are indicated with the <Operator> tag attributes.The available <Operator> attributes are:• Arity• Type, possible values: Numeric, Char, String, DateTime, Logical or All• ID : identifier of the operator
Data Access Guide 85
Optimizing data access performance
EXAMPLE
<Operators>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="ADD" Type="Numeric">+</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="SUBTRACT" Type="Numeric">-</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="MULTIPLY" Type="Numeric">*</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="DIVIDE" Type="Numeric">/</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="CONCAT" Type="Char">||</Operator>
<Operator Arity="0" ID="NULL" Type="Logical">IS NULL</Operator>
</Operators>
FunctionsThis section defines the functions available in the database. A function is defined with the tag <Function>. The available <Function> attributes are:• Group• InMacro• Type• Name• IDFor more information, see Adding a function to the driveren.prm XML file on page 87.If the function takes one or more arguments, these arguments are described with the <Argument> tag. Currently, only attribute Type is defined.The SQL corresponding to the function is defined with the <SQL> tag. To specify arguments in the SQL sentence, the syntax $n is used where n is a number which corresponds to the position of the argument incremented by 1.
EXAMPLE
<Function Group="False" ID="Replace" InMacro="True" Type="String">
<Arguments>
<Argument Type="String"/>
<Argument Type="Char"/>
86 Data Access Guide
IBM DB2 Data Access
<Argument Type="Char"/>
</Arguments>
<SQL>replace($1,$2,$3)</SQL>
</Function>
Data Access Guide 87
Optimizing data access performance
Adding a function to the driveren.prm XML fileYou must add your function to the BusinessObjects driveren.prm file before completing this procedure. For more information, see Adding a function to the driveren.prm File on page 80.1. In an XML editor, open <BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise
6\dataAccess\RDBMS\connectionServer\DB2\driveren.prm.
2. Copy a defined function with all of its parameters.3. Scroll to the bottom of the file and paste the copied function before the
</Functions> tag.4. In the <Function> tag, modify the items between the quotes for the
following:
5. In the <Arguments> section, include any arguments for your function. Each argument has a <Message id=n> tag which holds the type of argument.
6. In the <SQL> tag, include the SQL necessary to run the function.7. Save the driveren.prm file.
Function tag DescriptionGroup Indicates whether the function is an aggregate
function.The values are:• True• False
ID Displays the name of the function as it appears in BusinessObjects
InMacro Indicates whether the function should appear in BusinessObjects.The values are:• True• False
Name Displays the name of the function as it appears in BusinessObjects
Type Displays the type of function: • String• Numeric• DateTime
88 Data Access Guide
IBM DB2 Data Access
Modifying the data configuration filesThe db2.sbo file is the data access configuration file. It contains all the default connection parameters.When you change the data access configuration file, all parameter default values are changed for new connections. All connections made after the parameter values are changed use those parameter values as default values.
NOTE
You should configure this file only if you want to change the default values permanently, otherwise it is recommended that you do not modify this file. If you just want to override the parameters for a specific connection, you may use the Advanced or Custom tab in the connection dialog box.
For further information on these parameters, see General Data Access Configuration File Reference on page 379 and WebIntelligence Data Access Configuration File Reference on page 425.If you just want to override the parameters for a specific connection, you may use the Advanced or Custom tab in the connection dialog box.
Structure of the data configuration filesThese text files, structured like a filename.ini file, are divided into three sections: [DEFAULTS], [SQL Syntax], and [Database Engine].
DEFAULTS sectionThis section contains among other things all the parameters that:• configure by default the Advanced tab in the connection dialog box• define the default database engine• define the default driver.prm and driver.rss files
SQL Syntax sectionThis section displays all the database engines accessible with this driver. The database engine name, such as DB2/400 V4, appears in the Login tab when you click the Database engine list box.For each listed database engine, there is a separate [Database Engine] section.
Data Access Guide 89
Optimizing data access performance
Database Engine sectionThis section contains all the parameters that are specific to a database engine. If a parameter exists in both the [DEFAULTS] and [Database Engine] sections, the value defined in the [Database Engine] section overrides the value entered in the [DEFAULTS] section.
Modifying an external strategy FileWhen you create a universe in Designer, you use a default strategy which is a SQL script that reads structural information from your database. It is also possible to create an external strategy to create your universe. When you purchase an IBM DB2 Access Pack, you are provided with an external strategy file which is located by default at:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data Access\RDBMS\legacy\Db2\db2en.txt
The external strategy file contains external strategy definitions based on SQL. You can also create an external strategy file based on a flat file. For more information on external strategies, see the Designer’s Guide.
Structure of the external strategy fileThis text file, structured like a filename.ini file, is divided into [STRATEGY] sections. In each section, you usually have two subsections [SQL] and [HELP].
EXAMPLEThe following is a section of the db2en.txt file:[STRATEGY]
TYPE=OBJECT
NAME= Strategy for Classes and Objects
[SQL]
SQL=
SELECT
Tab.NAME,'|',
Col.NAME,'|',
Tab.CREATOR || '\' || Tab.NAME,'|',
Col.NAME,'|',
Tab.NAME CONCAT '.' CONCAT Col.NAME,'|',
' ','|',
CASE Col.typename
WHEN 'DATE'
THEN 'D'
90 Data Access Guide
IBM DB2 Data Access
WHEN 'DOUBLE'
THEN 'N'
WHEN 'INTEGER'
THEN 'N'
WHEN 'SMALLINT'
THEN 'N'
WHEN 'LONG VARCHAR'
THEN 'T'
ELSE 'C'
END,'|',
' ','|',
'O','|',
Tab.CREATOR
FROM
SYSIBM.SYSCOLUMNS Col,
SYSIBM.SYSTABLES Tab
WHERE
( Col.TBNAME=Tab.NAME )
AND ( Col.TBCREATOR=Tab.CREATOR )
Order by 19,1,3;
[HELP]
HELP= This strategy reads the database structure. It associates tables with classes as well as columns with objects.
STRATEGY sectionThis section contains the name and type of strategy. You can create three types of strategy:• OBJECT, to create your universe classes and objects• JOIN, to create your universe joins• STRUC, to create your table structure
SQL subsectionThis subsection contains the SQL statements that enable a universe designer to create classes and objects, joins, or table structure.
Data Access Guide 91
Optimizing data access performance
HELP subsectionThis subsection contains a description of the strategy. The strategy description appears in Designer when a designer creates a universe.
Creating an external strategy fileIf you want to create an external strategy file, copy the strategy file, such as db2en.txt, from the DB2 subfolder. To create an external strategy file:1. Open a text editor.2. Create a new [STRATEGY] section.3. Enter a TYPE parameter and define the strategy type. For example:
TYPE=JOIN.4. Enter a NAME parameter and name the strategy.For example:
NAME=External Strategy: Matching column names.5. Create an [SQL] subsection.6. Define the SQL definition for this strategy. For example:
SQL=SQL statements
7. Create a [HELP] subsection and add a description for this strategy. For example: HELP=Creates joins based on columns with the same name.
8. Save the file with a .txt file type. For example: example.txt.
Declaring an external strategy fileOnce you create an external strategy file, you have to declare it in order for Designer to use it. To declare an external strategy file:1. Open the driveren.prm file with a text editor.
The driveren.prm file is located by default at:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\Data Access\RDBMS\legacy\DB2\
2. Scroll to the STG= parameter.3. Enter the name of the external strategy file.
For example: STG=example.You must enter the name of the stdriver.txt file without its extension and path. Since you do not enter a path, the stdriver.txt file must be located in the same folder as the driveren.prm file.
92 Data Access Guide
IBM DB2 Data Access
Modifying the driveren.sbo and driver.cfg filesThese files contain a description of all Data Access drivers and a Data Access driver alias section. The driverEN.sbo file is a text file containing the driver information relevant to BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products. The driverEN.cfg file is an XML file containing the driver information relevant to WebIntelligence only.
NOTEIt is not recommended that you modify these files.
You can find the driveren.sbo file at the following location:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data Access\RDBMS\legacy\driveren.sbo
The driveren.sbo file for WebIntelligence is an XML file at:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data Access\RDBMS\connectionServer\driveren.cfg
NOTEIf you have WebIntelligence, you must modify both files every time you make a change to one file.
The driveren.sbo fileThe text file for BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products, structured like a filename.ini file, is divided into two sections: [drivers], and [alias].It is not recommended that you modify this file.
Drivers SectionThis section lists all the Data Access drivers with a description of each driver. On each line, there is:• the key name as it appears in the Windows system registry• the name of network layer that you select to create a connection• the description of the network layer that appears when you select the network
layerFor example, the IBM DB2 entry is displayed below:
Data Access Guide 93
Optimizing data access performance
DB2_CAE= IBM DB2 Client,Allows you to access an IBM DB2 database
The following illustration displays each element of the entry in BusinessObjects:
DB2_CAE the key name for CAE
IBM DB2 Client the name of the network layer
Allows you to access an IBM DB2 database
the description of the network layer
a
a. The registry entryb. The name of the network layerc. The network layer description
b
c
94 Data Access Guide
IBM DB2 Data Access
This file containts the name of the network layer and its description. Do not change the key name. This key name matches one in your Windows registry, if it is modified, you could experience problems with your computer.
Alias SectionThis section displays a list of Business Objects 5.x Data Access drivers and their compatible Business Objects 6.x Data Access drivers. It enables Business Objects 6.x products to correctly interpret your Business Object 5.x product connections.Your users can use previously defined connections with the current version. On each alias row, there is:• the Data Access driver for Business Objects 5.x driver key name as it appears
in the Windows system registry• the Data Access driver for Business Objects 6 compatible driver. Each driver
is listed by registry key name without underscore charactersFor example, below you have the IBM DB2 CAE v5 registry entry for Business Objects 5.x and the corresponding Business Objects 6.x compatible Data Access driver:DB2_CAE_V5=DB2 CAE
The driveren.cfg fileThe driveren.cfg file for WebIntelligence contains the same information as the drivers section of the driversen.sbo file, but in a different format. The following is the entry for IBM DB2:<NetworkLayer Name="DB2 CAE">
<Message id="Comment">Allows you to access an IBM DB2 database</Message>
<Message id="Name">IBM DB2 Client</Message>
</NetworkLayer>
For a complete description of where this information is displayed, see Drivers Section on page 92.If you change any part of the drivers section of the driveren.sbo file, make sure you make the same changes to the driveren.cfg file.
DB2_CAE_V5 the key name of the IBM DB2 CAE v5 Data Access Driver for Business Objects 5.x
DB2 CAE the key name of the Data Access driver for Business Objects 6
Data Access Guide 95
Optimizing data access performance
NOTE
It is not recommended that you modify these files.
96 Data Access Guide
IBM DB2 Data Access
Configuring the IBM DB2 serverOverview
You can configure your IBM DB2 server to improve performance with Business Objects products.
Modifying the CURSORHOLD parameter to improve RDBMS performanceA transaction is a logical unit that contains one or more SQL statements. Each transaction ends either by a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK. Transactions are executed inside a cursor, the SQL technique to process rows in a query result one at a time. Once a transaction is completed, a database can either leave the cursor open until the next transaction or close it. Leaving the cursor open is the default.Closing the cursor improves the interaction between your Business Objects products and your server. Deactivate the CURSORHOLD parameter to close the cursor. This enables your database to work more efficiently since it does not have to maintain resources at the end of each transaction.
Data Access Guide 97
IBM DB2 datatype conversion
IBM DB2 datatype conversionBusiness Objects supports four datatypes:• date• character• number• long text
IBM DB2 DatatypesThe following table lists the IBM DB2 internal datatypes and their equivalent in Business Objects products:
IBM/DB2 Datatype Business Objects Suggested DatatypeCLOB LONG TEXT
CHARACTER CHARACTER
DATE DATE
DECIMAL NUMBER
DOUBLE NUMBER
FLOAT NUMBER
INTEGER NUMBER
LONG VARCHAR LONG TEXT
NUMERIC NUMBER
SMALLINT NUMBER
TIME DATE
TIMESTAMP DATE
VARCHAR CHARACTER
98 Data Access Guide
IBM DB2 Data Access
chapter
Informix Data Access
100 Data Access Guide
Informix Data Access
This chapter provides information about Informix-specific connections, including:• Optimizing data access performance• Informix datatype conversionFor information on creating a connection to access an Syabse database on Windows, see the chapter Creating a Connection to a Database on Windows.For information on creating connections to access an informix database on UNIX, see the chapter Creating a Connection to a Database on UNIX.
Data Access Guide 101
Connecting to Business Objects products with Informix
Connecting to Business Objects products with Informix
The following operating systems and Informix releases are supported for connection:
Informix Release MiddlewareIBM Informix DS Informix SDK 2.81 (ODBC)
102 Data Access Guide
Informix Data Access
Optimizing data access performanceYou can modify and add parameters to the connection parameter files to improve data access performance. This section contains information for advanced users.
OverviewWhen you install a Informix Data Access driver, connection parameter files are copied to the data access folder in the BusinessObjects path. Business Objects products use these files to manage your connections. You can customize these files to optimize connections.The following connection parameter files are installed:
The parameter files are installed in two separate folders:.
File name Descriptioninformix.prm (XML format)informixen.prm (text format)
Contain the parameters needed to create and manage your universes, and generate SQL. For more information, see Modifying the Informix parameter files on page 103.
informixen.prm (XML format)
Contains information about each SQL function used in the informix.prm
informix.stg (XML format)informixen.txt (text format)
Contains external strategy definitions based on SQL. For more information, see Modifying an external strategy file on page 116.
informixen.stg Contains information about the external strategies used in informix.stg
informix.sbo Contains the default connection properties. For more information, see Modifying the data access configuration file on page 115.
Connection files used by... PathAll Business Objects products except WebIntelligence
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\informix
WebIntelligence only <BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\connectionserver\informix
Data Access Guide 103
Optimizing data access performance
When you modify a connection parameter for WebIntelligence, you need to also modify the parameter files in both informix directories.When you modify a connection parameter for all other Business Objects products you only need to modify the parameter files in the \legacy\informix directory.
Modifying the Informix parameter filesYou can add SQL functions or modify existing parameters in the informix.prm file to optimize your connection.There are two informix.prm files:
Depending on your Business Objects products you edit either one or both informix.prm files as follows:
The connection is used by any Business Objects product except WebIntelligenceIf you want to modify a connection parameter for all Business Objects products except WebIntelligence, then you only need to edit the following file:
The connection is used by WebIntelligenceIf you are using WebIntelligence you need to modify both the informix.prm files listed below:
If you use WebIntelligence, you must modify both informix.prm files every time you make a change to one file.
Informix parameter file DescriptionGeneral parameter file Contains the parameters relevant to
BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products
WebIntelligence parameter file
Contains the parameters relevant to WebIntelligence only.
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\informix\informix.prm
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\informix\informix.prm
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\connection server\informix\informix.prm
104 Data Access Guide
Informix Data Access
The driver.prm file is declared in the informix.sbo file in the following parameter: SQL Parameter File=
General parameter fileThe informix.prm file for BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products is divided into the following four sections: • RDBMS• DATE• OPERATORS• FUNCTIONS
RDBMSThe RDBMS section contains all the parameters needed for SQL generation. It may include the strategy file to use for creating candidate objects and joins, parameters to prefix tables with qualifiers and/or owners, and so on.
NOTE
Business Objects recommends that you only add parameters. If you must modify a parameter, exercise caution as the parameter settings enable Business Objects products to create SQL. If you modify the settings, the modified parameters could generate errors. Do not remove parameters.
For a description of each Informix parameter, see Data Access Parameter File Reference on page 241. If you are using WebIntelligence, also see Functions on page 321 for more information.
DATEThis section defines the SQL syntax for a given date. It contains the syntax for Year, Quarter, and Month. The DATE SQL syntax is used for the Automatic Time Hierarchy feature in Designer and BusinessObjects.For a description of each Informix parameter, see Data Access Parameter File Reference on page 241. If you are using WebIntelligence, also see Functions on page 321 for more information.
OPERATORSThis section defines the SQL syntax for the operators you can access in the Query Panel when you create a condition in BusinessObjects.
Data Access Guide 105
Optimizing data access performance
For a description of each Informix parameter, see Data Access Parameter File Reference on page 241. If you are using WebIntelligence, also see Functions on page 321 for more information.
FUNCTIONSThis section defines the SQL functions with their SQL syntax. These functions appear in Designer to create universe objects or in BusinessObjects to create user objects.For information on creating functions, see Adding a function to the informix.prm file on page 106.The informix.prm file for WebIntelligence is an XML file. Do not move this file as it is dependent on a DTD file for syntax. For more information on including functions in WebIntelligence, see Adding a function to the informix.prm XML file on page 113.Business Objects provides you with the most commonly used functions. If you need additional functions, you can add them to the informix.prm file. A function has the following structure:
SQL parameters Descriptionn Order in which the function appears in the
informix.prm file. The value n starts at 0. Each function number should be unique.
NAME= function name Displays the name of the function as it appears in BusinessObjects.
TRAD= Input field1: $Input field2:
Displays input field names for each argument you entered inside the parentheses of the SQL function (the SQL= parameter). These input field names appear in the User Object dialog box in BusinessObjects. Each input field name should end by a “:”. If you have more than one input field, from the second and onwards, you must add a $ sign in front of the input field name.
HELP= Help text Function help text that appears in Designer and BusinessObjects.
106 Data Access Guide
Informix Data Access
Adding a function to the informix.prm fileBusiness Objects provides a list of SQL functions in the informix.prm file. You may add functions to this list.To add a function to the informix.prm file:1. Open the informix.prm file with a text editor.2. Copy a defined function with all of its parameters.3. Scroll to the bottom of the file and paste the copied function.4. You must leave a carriage return below the last function.5. Inside the n parameter, increment the function by 1.6. Enter a new function name in the NAME= parameter.7. Enter an input field name for each SQL function argument in the TRAD=
TYPE=A Displays the type of function: A=alphanumericN=numericD=date
IN_MACRO=Y Indicates whether the function should appear in BusinessObjects.
GROUP=Y Indicates whether the function is an aggregate function.
SQL=SQL function name($A,$N)
Displays a SQL function with its arguments. This function name appears in Designer. Inside the parentheses, you enter the arguments that make up the function. The possible arguments are: $A (alphanumeric)$N (numeric)$D (date)$* (all types).If the function does not contain arguments, you leave a blank inside the parentheses.
SQL parameters Description
Data Access Guide 107
Optimizing data access performance
parameter.If the new function doesn’t have arguments, leave this parameter blank.
8. Enter explicit help text for the function in the HELP= parameter.9. Enter the function type in the TYPE= parameter.10.Enter either Y or N in the IN_MACRO= parameter, indicating Y if the function
is accessible from BusinessObjects or N if the function is not accessible from BusinessObjects.
11.Enter either Y or N in the GROUP= parameter, indicating Y if the function is an aggregate function or N if the function is not an aggregate function.
12.Enter the SQL function name with any arguments in the SQL= parameter.13.Save the file.
NOTEIf you also use WebIntelligence, you must also complete the procedure described in Adding a function to the informix.prm XML file on page 113.
108 Data Access Guide
Informix Data Access
The following is an example of a newly created function:(60)
NAME= Example
TRAD= Text: $Date:
HELP= Displays an Example function
TYPE=A
IN_MACRO=Y
GROUP=N
SQL=example($A,$D)
Viewing a newly added function in the Functions listTo see your newly created function in Designer:In Designer, double click an object in the Universe pane. An edit properties dialog box appears for the object. Click the >> button to the left of the Select or Where edit boxes. The following dialog box appears:
Function SQL=($A,$D)
Function TYPE=A
Data Access Guide 109
Optimizing data access performance
To see your newly created function in BusinessObjects:In BusinessObjects, create a report. In the Query Panel, click User Objects. The User Objects dialog appears. Click Add.:
Each argument is checked on input to ensure the input matches the datatype indicated in the function. For example, if a function is specified as a DATE format, the user must enter a date format.
WebIntelligence parameter fileThe informix.prm file for WebIntelligence is an XML file divided into the following four sections:• Configuration• DateOperations• Operators• FunctionsYou should use an XML editor to view and modify this file.
Function
Function
Function
Function
Example
TRAD=
HELP=
TYPE=A
110 Data Access Guide
Informix Data Access
ConfigurationThis section defines parameters for SQL generation. Each parameter is defined with the tag <Parameter>. The Name attribute specifies the name of the parameter. The data included in the tag is the value of the parameter.
EXAMPLE
<Configuration>
<Parameter Name="SORT_BY_NO">NO</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="GROUPBYCOL">NO</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="EXT_JOIN">YES</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="EXT_JOIN_INVERT">YES</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="LEFT_OUTER">$(+)</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="RIGHT_OUTER">$(+)</Parameter>
</Configuration>
DateOperationsThis section defines functions related to date handling. The attribute Name is used to specify the identifier of the <DateOperation> tag.
EXAMPLE
<DateOperations>
<DateOperation Name="YEAR">TO_NUMBER(TO_CHAR($D,'YYYY'))</DateOperation>
<DateOperation Name="QUARTER">TO_NUMBER(TO_CHAR($D,'Q'))</DateOperation>
<DateOperation Name="MONTH">TO_NUMBER(TO_CHAR($D,'MM'))</DateOperation>
</DateOperations>
OperatorsThis section defines the operators available in the database. The operator properties are indicated with the <Operator> tag attributes.
Data Access Guide 111
Optimizing data access performance
The available <Operator> attributes are:• Arity• Type, possible values: Numeric, Char, String, DateTime, Logical or All• ID: identifier of the operator
EXAMPLE
<Operators>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="ADD" Type="Numeric">+</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="SUBTRACT" Type="Numeric">-</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="MULTIPLY" Type="Numeric">*</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="DIVIDE" Type="Numeric">/</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="CONCAT" Type="Char">||</Operator>
<Operator Arity="0" ID="NULL" Type="Logical">IS NULL</Operator>
</Operators>
FunctionsThis section defines the functions available in the database. A function is defined with the tag <Function>. The available <Function> attributes are:• Group• InMacro• Type• Name• IDFor more information, see Adding a function to the informix.prm XML file on page 113.If the function takes one or more arguments, these arguments are described with the <Argument> tag. Currently, only attribute Type is defined.The SQL corresponding to the function is defined with the <SQL> tag. To specify arguments in the SQL sentence, the syntax $n is used where n is a number which corresponds to the position of the argument incremented by 1.
112 Data Access Guide
Informix Data Access
EXAMPLE
<Function Group="False" ID="Replace" InMacro="True" Type="String">
<Arguments>
<Argument Type="String"/>
<Argument Type="Char"/>
<Argument Type="Char"/>
</Arguments>
<SQL>replace($1,$2,$3)</SQL>
</Function>
Data Access Guide 113
Optimizing data access performance
Adding a function to the informix.prm XML fileYou must add your function to the BusinessObjects informix.prm file before completing this procedure. For more information, see Adding a function to the informix.prm file on page 106.1. In an XML editor, open <BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise
6\dataAccess\RDBMS\connectionServer\informix\informix.prm.
2. Copy a defined function with all of its parameters.3. Scroll to the bottom of the file and paste the copied function before the
</Functions> tag.4. In the <Function> tag, modify the items between the quotes for the
following:
5. In the <Arguments> section, include any arguments for your function. Each
Function tag DescriptionGroup Indicates whether the function is an aggregate
function.The values are:• True• False
ID Displays the name of the function as it appears in BusinessObjects
InMacro Indicates whether the function should appear in BusinessObjects.The values are:• True• False
Name Displays the name of the function as it appears in BusinessObjects. This is optional in this file.
Type Displays the type of function: • String• Numeric• Char• DateTime• Logical• All
114 Data Access Guide
Informix Data Access
argument has a <Message id=n> tag which holds the type of argument.6. In the <SQL> tag, include the SQL necessary to run the function.7. Save the informix.prm file.
Data Access Guide 115
Optimizing data access performance
The following is an example of a function for WebIntelligence:<Function Group="False" ID="Example" InMacro="True" Type="String">
<Arguments>
<Argument Type="String"/>
</Arguments>
<SQL>example($A,$D)</SQL>
</Function>
Modifying the data access configuration fileThe informix.sbo file is the data access configuration file. It contains all the default connection parameters.When you change the data access configuration file, all parameter default values are changed for new connections. All connections made after the parameter values are changed use those parameter values as default values.You can find the informix.sbo file for BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products at the following location:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\dataAccess\RDBMS\legacy\informix
You can find the informix.sbo file for WebIntelligence at the following location:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\dataAccess\RDBMS\connectionServer\informix
NOTEYou should configure this file only if you want to change the default values permanently, otherwise it is recommended that you do not modify this file. If you just want to override the parameters for a specific connection, you may use the Advanced or Custom tab in the connection dialog box.
For more information on data access configuration parameters, see General Data Access Configuration File Reference on page 379 and WebIntelligence Data Access Configuration File Reference on page 425.If you just want to override the parameters for a specific connection, you may use the Advanced or Custom tab in the connection dialog box.
116 Data Access Guide
Informix Data Access
Modifying an external strategy fileWhen you create a universe in Designer, you use a default strategy which is a SQL script that reads structural information from your database. It is also possible to create an external strategy to create your universe. When you purchase an Informix Access Pack, you are provided with an external strategy file which is located by default at:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\dataAccess\RDBMS\legacy\informix\informixEN.txt
The external strategy file contains external strategy definitions based on SQL. You can also create an external strategy file based on a flat file. For more information on external strategies, see the Designer’s Guide.
Data Access Guide 117
Optimizing data access performance
Structure of the external strategy fileThis text file, structured like a filename.ini file, is divided into [STRATEGY] sections. In each section, you usually have two subsections [SQL] and [HELP].
STRATEGY sectionThis section contains the name and type of strategy. You can create three types of strategy:• OBJECT, to create your universe classes and objects• JOIN, to create your universe joins• STRUC, to create your table structureIn the preceding example, the strategy is a JOIN type:TYPE=JOIN
SQL subsectionThis subsection contains the SQL statements that enable a universe designer to create classes and objects, joins, or table structure.
HELP subsectionThis subsection contains a description of the strategy. The strategy description appears in Designer when a designer creates a universe.
Creating an external strategy fileIf you want to create an external strategy file, copy the strategy file, such as informixen.txt, from the Informix subfolder. To create an external strategy file:1. Open a text editor.2. Create a new [STRATEGY] section.3. Enter a TYPE parameter and define the strategy type. For example:
TYPE=JOIN.4. Enter a NAME parameter and name the strategy. For example:
NAME=External Strategy: Matching column names.5. Create an [SQL] subsection.6. Define the SQL definition for this strategy. For example:
SQL=SQL statements
7. Create a [HELP] subsection and add a description for this strategy.For
118 Data Access Guide
Informix Data Access
example: HELP=Creates joins based on columns with the same name.
8. Save the file with a .txt file type. For example: example.txt.
Declaring an External Strategy FileOnce you have created an external strategy file, you must declare it to force Designer to use it.To declare an external strategy file:1. Open the informixEN.prm file with a text editor.
The informixen.prm file is located by default at:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\dataAccess\RDBMS\legacy\informix\informixEN.prm
2. Scroll to the STG= parameter.3. Enter the name of the external strategy file.
For example: STG=example.You must enter the name of the stdriver.txt file without its extension and path. Since you do not enter a path, the stdriver.txt file must be located in the same folder as the syb10en.prm file.
Modifying the driverEN.sbo and driverEN.cfg filesThese files contain a description of all Data Access drivers and a Data Access driver alias section. The driveren.sbo file is a text file containing the driver information relevant to BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products. The driverEN.cfg and driver.cfg files are XML files containing the equivalent driver information relevant to WebIntelligence.
NOTEIt is not recommended that you modify these files.
You can find the driveren.sbo file at the following location:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\driveren.sbo
The driveren.sbo and driver.sbo XML files for WebIntelligence are here:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\connectionServer\driveren.cfg
Data Access Guide 119
Optimizing data access performance
NOTE
If you have WebIntelligence, you must modify both files every time you make a change to one file.
The driveren.sbo fileThe text file for BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products, structured like a filename.ini file, is divided into two sections: [drivers], and [alias].It is not recommended that you modify this file.
Drivers SectionThis section lists all the Data Access drivers with a description of each driver. On each line, there is:• the key name as it appears in the Windows system registry• the name of network layer that you select to create a connection• the description of the network layer that appears when you select the network
layer
NOTEThis file contains the name of the network layer and its description. Do not change the key name. This key name matches one in your Windows registry, if it is modified, you could experience problems with your computer.
Alias SectionThis section displays a list of Business Objects 5.x Data Access drivers and their compatible Business Objects 6.x Data Access drivers. It enables Business Objects 6.x products to correctly interpret your Business Object 5.x product connections.Your users can use previously defined connections with the current version. On each alias row, there is:• the Data Access driver for Business Objects 5.x driver key name as it appears
in the Windows system registry• the Data Access driver for Business Objects 6 compatible driver. Each driver
is listed by registry key name without underscore characters
120 Data Access Guide
Informix Data Access
The driveren.cfg and driver.cfg fileThe driveren.cfg and driver.cfg files for WebIntelligence contain the same information as the drivers section of the driversen.sbo file, but in a different format. The following is the entry for Informix:<NetworkLayer Name="Informix CLI">
<Message id="Comment">Allows you to access an Informix Dynamic Server database</Message>
<Message id="Name">Informix ODBC Driver</Message>
</NetworkLayer>
For a complete description of where this information is displayed, see Drivers Section on page 119.
Data Access Guide 121
Informix datatype conversion
Informix datatype conversionThe Business Objects product interface supports four datatypes:• date• character• number• long text.The following table lists the Informix internal datatypes and their equivalent in Business Objects products:
Informix Datatype Suggested BusinessObjects Datatype
CHAR CHARACTER
DATE DATE
DATETIME DATE
DECIMAL NUMBER
FLOAT NUMBER
INTEGER NUMBER
MONEY NUMBER
NCHAR CHARACTER
NVARCHAR CHARACTER
SERIAL NUMBER
SMALLINT NUMBER
SMALLFLOAT NUMBER
TEXT LONG TEXT
VARCHAR CHARACTER
122 Data Access Guide
Informix Data Access
chapter
Microsoft Data Access
124 Data Access Guide
Microsoft Data Access
OverviewThis chapter provides information about Microsoft-specific connections, including:• Optimizing data access performance• Stored procedures• Microsoft datatype conversionFor information on creating a connection to access a Microsoft database on Windows, see the chapter Creating a Connection to a Database on Windows.
Data Access Guide 125
Connecting to Business Objects products with Microsoft products
Connecting to Business Objects products with Microsoft products
The following operating systems and Microsoft products are supported for connection:For information on how to configure your middleware, refer to your Microsoft documentation.
Microsoft product MiddlewareMicrosoft SQL Server 2000 ODBC 2000
126 Data Access Guide
Microsoft Data Access
Optimizing data access performanceYou can modify and add parameters to the connection parameter files to improve data access performance. This section contains information for advanced users.
OverviewWhen you install the Microsoft Data Access driver, connection parameter files are copied to the data access folder in the BusinessObjects path. Business Objects products use these files to manage your connections. You can customize these files to optimize connections.The following connection parameter files are installed:
Modifying the ODBC parameter filesThe parameter files are installed in two separate folders:.
When you modify a connection parameter for WebIntelligence, you need to modify the parameter files in both odbc directories.
File name Descriptiondriver.prm XML format)driveren.prm (text format)
Contain the parameters needed to create and manage your universes, and generate SQL. For more information see Modifying the ODBC parameter files on page 126.
driveren.prm (XML format)
Contains information about each SQL function used in the driver.prm.
odbc.sbo This file contains the default connection parameters. For more information, see Modifying the data access configuration file on page 136.
driveren.sbo This file contains the description of all Data Access drivers, and a Data Access driver alias section. For more information, see Modifying the driverEN.sbo and driverEN.cfg files on page 139.
Connection files used by... PathAll Business Objects products except WebIntelligence
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\odbc
WebIntelligence only <BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\connectionserver\odbc
Data Access Guide 127
Optimizing data access performance
When you modify a connection parameter for all other Business Objects products you only need to modify the parameter files in the \legacy\odbc directory.You can add SQL functions or modify existing parameters in the odbc.prm file to optimize your connection.There are two odbc.prm files:
Depending on your Business Objects products you edit either one or both oracle.prm files as follows:
The connection is used by any Business Objects product except WebIntelligenceIf you want to modify a connection parameter for all Business Objects products except WebIntelligence, then you only need to edit the following file:
The connection is used by WebIntelligenceIf you are using WebIntelligence you need to modify both the driver.prm files listed below:
If you use WebIntelligence, you must modify both driver.prm files every time you make a change to one file. The driver.prm file is declared in the odbc.sbo file in the following parameter: SQL Parameter File=
Oracle parameter file DescriptionGeneral parameter file Contains the parameters relevant to
BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products
WebIntelligence parameter file
Contains the parameters relevant to WebIntelligence only.
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\odbc\driver.prm
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\oracle\driver.prm
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\connection server\oracle\driver.prm
128 Data Access Guide
Microsoft Data Access
General parameter fileThe driveren.prm file for BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products is divided into the following four sections: • RDBMS• DATE• OPERATORS• FUNCTIONS
RDBMSThe RDBMS section contains all the parameters needed for SQL generation. It may include the strategy file to use for creating candidate objects and joins, parameters to prefix tables with qualifiers and/or owners, and so on. Most of the configuration applied to each parameter should not be modified since the settings enable Business Objects products to generate SQL. If you change the settings, this may generate errors.For information about each parameter, see Data Access Parameter File Reference on page 241.
DATEThis section defines the SQL syntax for a given date. It contains the syntax for Year, Quarter, and Month. The DATE SQL syntax is used for the Automatic Time Hierarchy feature in Designer and BusinessObjects.
OPERATORSThis section defines the SQL syntax for the operators you can access in the Query Panel when you create a condition in BusinessObjects.
FUNCTIONSThis section defines the SQL functions with their SQL syntax. These functions appear in Designer to create universe objects or in BusinessObjects to create user objects.For information on creating functions, see Adding a function to the driveren.prm file on page 130.
Data Access Guide 129
Optimizing data access performance
Business Objects provides you with the most commonly used functions. If you need additional functions, you can add them to the driveren.prm file. A function has the following structure:
Function Parameter Descriptionn Order in which the function appears in the
driveren.prm file. The value n starts at 0. Each function number should be unique.
NAME= function name Displays the name of the function as it appears in BusinessObjects.
TRAD= Input field1: $Input field2:
Displays input field names for each argument you entered inside the parentheses of the SQL function (the SQL= parameter). These input field names appear in the User Object dialog box in BusinessObjects. Each input field name should end by a “:”. If you have more than one input field, from the second and onwards, you must add a $ sign in front of the input field name.
HELP= Help text Function help text that appears in Designer and BusinessObjects.
TYPE=A Displays the type of function: A=alphanumericN=numericD=date
130 Data Access Guide
Microsoft Data Access
Adding a function to the driveren.prm fileBusiness Objects provides a list of SQL functions in the driveren.prm file. You may add functions to this list. To do so:1. Open the driveren.prm file with a text editor.2. Copy a defined function with all of its parameters.3. Scroll to the bottom of the file and paste the copied function.4. You must leave a carriage return below the last function.5. Inside the n parameter, increment the function by 1.6. Enter a new function name in the NAME= parameter.7. Enter an input field name for each SQL function argument in the TRAD=
parameter. If the new function doesn’t have arguments, leave this parameter blank.
8. Enter explicit help text for the function in the HELP= parameter.9. Enter the function type in the TYPE= parameter.10.Enter either Y or N in the IN_MACRO= parameter, indicating Y if the function
is accessible from BusinessObjects or N if the function is not accessible from BusinessObjects.
11.Enter either Y or N in the GROUP= parameter, indicating Y if the function is an
IN_MACRO=Y Indicates whether the function should appear in BusinessObjects.
GROUP=Y Indicates whether the function is an aggregate function.
SQL=SQL function name($A,$N)
Displays a SQL function with its arguments. This function name appears in Designer. Inside the parentheses, you enter the arguments that make up the function. The possible arguments are: $A (alphanumeric)$N (numeric)$D (date)$* (all types).If the function does not contain arguments, you leave a blank inside the parentheses.
Function Parameter Description
Data Access Guide 131
Optimizing data access performance
aggregate function or N if the fucntion is not an aggregate function.12.Enter the SQL function name with any arguments in the SQL= parameter.13.Save the file.
NOTEIf you also use WebIntelligence, you must also complete the procedure described in Adding a function to the driveren.prm XML file on page 135.
The following is an example of a newly created function:(60)
NAME= Example
TRAD= Text: $Date:
HELP= Displays an Example function
TYPE=A
IN_MACRO=Y
GROUP=N
SQL=example($A,$D)
132 Data Access Guide
Microsoft Data Access
WebIntelligence parameter fileThe driveren.prm file for WebIntelligence is an XML file divided into the following four sections:• Configuration• DateOperations• Operators• Functions
ConfigurationThis section defines parameters for SQL generation. Each parameter is defined with the tag <Parameter>. The Name attribute specifies the name of the parameter. The data included in the tag is the value of the parameter.
EXAMPLE
<Configuration>
<Parameter Name="SORT_BY_NO">NO</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="GROUPBYCOL">NO</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="EXT_JOIN">YES</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="EXT_JOIN_INVERT">YES</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="LEFT_OUTER">$(+)</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="RIGHT_OUTER">$(+)</Parameter>
</Configuration>
DateOperationsThis section defines functions related to date handling. The attribute Name is used to specify the identifier of the <DateOperation> tag.
EXAMPLE
<DateOperations>
<DateOperation Name="YEAR">TO_NUMBER(TO_CHAR($D,'YYYY'))</DateOperation>
<DateOperation Name="QUARTER">TO_NUMBER(TO_CHAR($D,'Q'))</DateOperation>
<DateOperation Name="MONTH">TO_NUMBER(TO_CHAR($D,'MM'))</DateOperation>
Data Access Guide 133
Optimizing data access performance
</DateOperations>
OperatorsThis section defines the operators available in the database. The operator properties are indicated with the <Operator> tag attributes.The available <Operator> attributes are:• Arity• Type, possible values : Numeric, Char, String, DateTime, Logical or All• ID : identifier of the operator
EXAMPLE
<Operators>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="ADD" Type="Numeric">+</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="SUBSTRACT" Type="Numeric">-</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="MULTIPLY" Type="Numeric">*</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="DIVIDE" Type="Numeric">/</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="CONCAT" Type="Char">||</Operator>
<Operator Arity="0" ID="NULL" Type="Logical">IS NULL</Operator>
</Operators>
FunctionsThis section defines the functions available in the database. A function is defined with the tag <Function>. The available <Function> attributes are:• Group• InMacro• Type• Name• IDFor more information, see Adding a function to the driveren.prm XML file on page 135.
134 Data Access Guide
Microsoft Data Access
If the function takes one or more arguments, these arguments are described with the <Argument> tag. Currently, only attribute Type is defined.The SQL corresponding to the function is defined with the <SQL> tag. To specify arguments in the SQL sentence, the syntax $n is used where n is a number which corresponds to the position of the argument incremented by 1.
EXAMPLE
<Function Group="False" ID="Replace" InMacro="True" Type="String">
<Arguments>
<Argument Type="String"/>
<Argument Type="Char"/>
<Argument Type="Char"/>
</Arguments>
<SQL>replace($1,$2,$3)</SQL>
</Function>
Data Access Guide 135
Optimizing data access performance
Adding a function to the driveren.prm XML fileYou must add your function to the BusinessObjects driveren.prm file before completing this procedure. For more information, see Adding a function to the driveren.prm file on page 130.1. In an XML editor, open <BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise
6\dataAccess\RDBMS\connectionServer\ODBC\driveren.prm.
2. Copy a defined function with all of its parameters.3. Scroll to the bottom of the file and paste the copied function before the
</Functions> tag.4. In the <Function> tag, modify the items between the quotes for the
following:
5. In the <Arguments> section, include any arguments for your function. Each argument has a <Message id=n> tag which holds the type of argument.
6. In the <SQL> tag, include the SQL necessary to run the function.7. Save the driveren.prm file.
Function tag DescriptionGroup Indicates whether the function is an aggregate
function.The values are:• True• False
ID Displays the name of the function as it appears in BusinessObjects
InMacro Indicates whether the function should appear in BusinessObjects.The values are:• True• False
Name Displays the name of the function as it appears in BusinessObjects
Type Displays the type of function: • String• Numeric• DateTime
136 Data Access Guide
Microsoft Data Access
Modifying the data access configuration fileThe data access configuration file, the odbc.sbo file, contains the default connection properties. If you want to change the data access configuration files, all parameter default values are changed. All connections made after the parameter values are changed use those parameter values as default values. You can find the odbc.sbo file for BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products at the following location:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\odbc
You can find the odbc.sbo file for WebIntelligence at the following location:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\connectionServer\odbc
NOTE
You should configure this file only if you want to change the default values permanently, otherwise it is recommended that you do not modify this file. If you just want to override the parameters for a specific connection, you may use the Advanced or Custom tab in the connection dialog box.
For more information on data access configuration parameters, see General Data Access Configuration File Reference on page 379 and WebIntelligence Data Access Configuration File Reference on page 425.If you just want to override the parameters for a specific connection, you may use the Advanced or Custom tab in the connection dialog box.
Modifying an external strategy fileWhen you create a universe in Designer, you use a default strategy which is a SQL script that reads structural information from your database. It is also possible to create an external strategy to create your universe.
NOTE
An external strategy file for ODBC data access is not shipped with this version of Business Objects products. If you have licences for other data access drivers, you can create an external strategy file by using an external strategy text file shipped with another data access driver. If you need to create an external strategy file from scratch, refer to the Designer’s Guide for instructions on creating and using external strategy files.
Data Access Guide 137
Optimizing data access performance
The external strategy file contains external strategy definitions based on SQL. You can also create an external strategy file based on a flat file. For more information on external strategies, see the Designer’s Guide.
Structure of the external strategy fileThis text file, structured like a filename.ini file, is divided into [STRATEGY] sections. In each section, you usually have two subsections [SQL] and [HELP].
STRATEGY sectionThis section contains the name and type of strategy. You can create three types of strategy:• OBJECT, to create your universe classes and objects• JOIN, to create your universe joins• STRUC, to create your table structure
SQL subsectionThis subsection contains the SQL statements that enables a universe designer to create classes and objects, joins, or table structure.
HELP subsectionThis subsection contains a description of the strategy. The strategy description appears in Designer when a designer creates a universe.
Creating an External Strategy FileTo create an external strategy file:1. Open a text editor.2. Create a new [STRATEGY] section.3. Enter a TYPE parameter and define the strategy type.For example:
TYPE=JOIN.4. Enter a NAME parameter and name the strategy.For example:
NAME=External Strategy: Matching column names.5. Create an [SQL] subsection.6. Define the SQL definition for this strategy. For example:
SQL=SQL statements
7. Create a [HELP] subsection and add a description for this strategy.For example: HELP=Creates joins based on columns with the same name.
8. Save the file with a .txt file type. For example: microsften.txt
138 Data Access Guide
Microsoft Data Access
Declaring an external strategy fileOnce you create an external strategy file, you have to declare it in order for Designer to use it. To declare an external strategy file:1. Open the driveren.prm file with a text editor.
The driveren.prm file is located by default at:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\odbc
2. Scroll to the STG= parameter.3. Enter the name of the external strategy file.
For example: STG=example.You must enter the name of the stdriver.txt file without its extension and path. Since you do not enter a path, the stdriver.txt file must be located in the same folder as the driveren.prm file.
EXAMPLEThe following is an example of a strategy file:[STRATEGY]
TYPE=OBJECT
NAME=Candidate Objects Strategy
[SQL]
SQL=SELECT col1_list FROM table1 WHERE condition;
[HELP]
HELP=This strategy creates a list of candidate objects
Data Access Guide 139
Optimizing data access performance
Modifying the driverEN.sbo and driverEN.cfg filesThese files contain a description of all Data Access drivers and a Data Access driver alias section. The driveren.sbo file is a text file containing the driver information relevant to BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products. The driverEN.cfg file is an XML file containing the driver information relevant to WebIntelligence only.
NOTEIt is not recommended that you modify these files.
You can find the driveren.sbo file at the following location:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\driverEN.sbo
The driveren.sbo file for WebIntelligence is an XML file at:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\connectionServer\driveren.cfg
NOTEIf you have WebIntelligence, you must modify both files every time you make a change to one file.
The driveren.sbo fileThe text file for BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products, structured like a filename.ini file, is divided into two sections: [drivers], and [alias].It is not recommended that you modify this file.
Drivers SectionThis section lists all the Data Access drivers with a description of each driver. On each line, there is:• the key name as it appears in the Windows system registry• the name of network layer that you select to create a connection• the description of the network layer that appears when you select the network
layer
140 Data Access Guide
Microsoft Data Access
For example, the Microsoft entry is displayed below:ODBC= ODBC Drivers,Allows you to access various databases
Alias SectionThis section displays a list of Business Objects 5.x Data Access drivers and compatible Business Objects 6.x Data Access drivers. It enables Business Objects 6.x products to correctly interpret your Business Object 5.x product connections.Your users can use previously defined connections with the current version. On each alias row, there is:• the Data Access driver for Business Objects 5.x driver key name as it appears
in the Windows system registry• the Data Access driver for Business Objects 6.x compatible driver. Each
driver is listed by registry key name without underscore characters
The driveren.cfg fileThe driveren.cfg file for WebIntelligence contains the same information as the drivers section of the driversen.sbo file, but in a different format. The following is the entry for Microsoft:<NetworkLayer Name="ODBC">
<Message id="Comment">Allows you to access various databases</Message>
<Message id="Name">ODBC Drivers</Message>
</NetworkLayer>
For a complete description of where this information is displayed, see Drivers Section on page 139.
NOTEIt is not recommended that you modify these files.
ODBC the key name for ODBC
ODBC Drivers the name of the network layer
Allows you to access various databases
the description of the network layer
Data Access Guide 141
Stored procedures
Stored proceduresBusiness Objects supports the following type of Microsoft SQL Server stored procedures:• all stored procedures without an OUTPUT parameter. This includes stored
procedures that return values through the RETURN command.• all stored procedures and user defined functions whose owner is the
database user specified in the connection string (SUSER_SNAME)• all stored procedures and user-defined functions which are granted public
access• all stored procedures and user defined functions whose access has been
granted to the user specified in the connection string (SUSER_SNAME)
EXAMPLESimple stored proceduresStored procedures such as the following examples are supported in Business Objects products:CREATE PROCEDURE get_sales_for_title
@title varchar(80) -- This is the input parameter.
AS
-- Get the sales for the specified title.
SELECT "YTD_SALES" = ytd_sales
FROM titles
WHERE title = @title
CREATE PROCEDURE my_proc
@first int = NULL, -- NULL default value
@second int = 2, -- Default value of 2
@third int = 3 -- Default value of 3
AS
-- Display values
SELECT @first, @second, @third
142 Data Access Guide
Microsoft Data Access
The execution of the following stored procedures is not supported:• Any stored procedure having an OUTPUT parameter• Any stored procedure that returns data through a cursor (global or parameter)• Functions• Any stored procedure whose name or parameter name does not follow the
rules for regular identifiers
Data Access Guide 143
Microsoft datatype conversion
Microsoft datatype conversionBusiness Objects supports Microsoft SQL Server.The BusinessObjects interface supports four datatypes:• date• character• number• long text
Microsoft SQL ServerThe following table lists the Microsoft SQL Server internal datatypes and their BusinessObjects equivalent
Microsoft SQL Server Datatype Business Objects Suggested DatatypeBIT NUMBER
BOOLEAN NUMBER
CHAR CHARACTER
DATETIME DATE
DECIMAL NUMBER
FLOAT NUMBER
INT NUMBER
MONEY NUMBER
NUMERIC NUMBER
REAL NUMBER
SMALLDATETIME DATE
SMALLINT NUMBER
SMALLMONEY NUMBER
TEXT CHARACTER
TINYINT NUMBER
VARCHAR CHARACTER
144 Data Access Guide
Microsoft Data Access
chapter
Oracle Data Access
146 Data Access Guide
Oracle Data Access
OverviewThis chapter provides information about Oracle-specific connections, including:• Optimizing data access performance• Configuring the Oracle server• Oracle datatype conversionFor information on creating a connection to access an Oracle database on Windows, see the chapter Creating a Connection to a Database on Windows.For information on creating connections to access an Oracle database on UNIX, see the chapter Creating a Connection to a Database on UNIX.
Data Access Guide 147
Connecting to Business Objects products with Oracle
Connecting to Business Objects products with Oracle
The following operating systems and Oracle releases are supported for connection:
Oracle Release MiddlewareOracle 8i Net8 Client 8.1.7
Oracle 9i Net9
148 Data Access Guide
Oracle Data Access
Optimizing data access performanceYou can modify and add parameters to the connection parameter files to improve data access performance. This section contains information for advanced users.
OverviewWhen you install the Oracle Data Access driver, connection parameter files are copied to the data access folder in the BusinessObjects path. Business Objects products use these files to manage your connections. You can customize these files to optimize connections.The following connection parameter files are installed:
The parameter files are installed in two separate folders:.
When you modify a connection parameter for WebIntelligence, you need to also modify the parameter files in both oracle directories.
File name Descriptionoracle.prm (XML format)oracleen.prm (text format)
Contain the parameters needed to create and manage your universes, and generate SQL. For more information, see Modifying the Oracle parameter files on page 149.
oracleen.prm (XML format)
Contains information about each SQL function used in the oracle.prm
oracle.stg (XML format)oracleen.txt (text format)
Contains external strategy definitions based on SQL. For more information, see Modifying an external strategy file on page 162.
oracleen.stg Contains information about the external strategies used in oracle.stg
oracle.sbo Contains the default connection properties. For more information, see Modifying the data access configuration file on page 161.
Connection files used by... PathAll Business Objects products except WebIntelligence
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\oracle
WebIntelligence only <BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\connectionserver\oracle
Data Access Guide 149
Optimizing data access performance
When you modify a connection parameter for all other Business Objects products you only need to modify the parameter files in the \legacy\oracle directory.
Modifying the Oracle parameter filesYou can add SQL functions or modify existing parameters in the oracle.prm file to optimize your connection.There are two oracle.prm files:
Depending on your Business Objects products you edit either one or both oracle.prm files as follows:
The connection is used by any Business Objects product except WebIntelligenceIf you want to modify a connection parameter for all Business Objects products except WebIntelligence, then you only need to edit the following file:
The connection is used by WebIntelligenceIf you are using WebIntelligence you need to modify both the oracle.prm files listed below:
If you use WebIntelligence, you must modify both oracle.prm files every time you make a change to one file. The driver.prm file is declared in the oracle.sbo file in the following parameter: SQL Parameter File=
Oracle parameter file DescriptionGeneral parameter file Contains the parameters relevant to
BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products
WebIntelligence parameter file
Contains the parameters relevant to WebIntelligence only.
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\oracle\oracle.prm
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\oracle\oracle.prm
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\connection server\oracle\oracle.prm
150 Data Access Guide
Oracle Data Access
General parameter fileThe oracle.prm file for BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products is divided into the following four sections: • RDBMS• DATE• OPERATORS• FUNCTIONS
RDBMSThe RDBMS section contains all the parameters needed for SQL generation. It may include the strategy file to use for creating candidate objects and joins, parameters to prefix tables with qualifiers and/or owners, and so on.
NOTE
Business Objects recommends that you only add parameters. If you must modify a parameter, exercise caution as the parameter settings enable Business Objects products to create SQL. If you modify the settings, the modified parameters could generate errors. Do not remove parameters.
For a description of each Oracle parameter, see Data Access Parameter File Reference on page 241. If you are using WebIntelligence, also see Functions on page 321 for more information.
DATEThis section defines the SQL syntax for a given date. It contains the syntax for Year, Quarter, and Month. The DATE SQL syntax is used for the Automatic Time Hierarchy feature in Designer and BusinessObjects.For a description of each Oracle parameter, see Data Access Parameter File Reference on page 241. If you are using WebIntelligence, also see Functions on page 321 for more information.
OPERATORSThis section defines the SQL syntax for the operators you can access in the Query Panel when you create a condition in BusinessObjects.For a description of each Oracle parameter, see Data Access Parameter File Reference on page 241. If you are using WebIntelligence, also see Functions on page 321 for more information.
Data Access Guide 151
Optimizing data access performance
FUNCTIONSThis section defines the SQL functions with their SQL syntax. These functions appear in Designer to create universe objects or in BusinessObjects to create user objects.For information on creating functions, see Adding a function to the oracle.prm file on page 152.The oracle.prm file for WebIntelligence is an XML file. Do not move this file as it is dependent on a DTD file for syntax. For more information on including functions in WebIntelligence, see Adding a function to the oracle.prm XML file on page 159.Business Objects provides you with the most commonly used functions. If you need additional functions, you can add them to the oracle.prm file. A function has the following structure:
SQL parameters Descriptionn Order in which the function appears in the
oracle.prm file. The value n starts at 0. Each function number should be unique.
NAME= function name Displays the name of the function as it appears in BusinessObjects.
TRAD= Input field1: $Input field2:
Displays input field names for each argument you entered inside the parentheses of the SQL function (the SQL= parameter). These input field names appear in the User Object dialog box in BusinessObjects. Each input field name should end by a “:”. If you have more than one input field, from the second and onwards, you must add a $ sign in front of the input field name.
HELP= Help text Function help text that appears in Designer and BusinessObjects.
TYPE=A Displays the type of function: A=alphanumericN=numericD=date
152 Data Access Guide
Oracle Data Access
Adding a function to the oracle.prm fileBusiness Objects provides a list of SQL functions in the oracle.prm file. You may add functions to this list.To add a function to the oracle.prm file:1. Open the oracle.prm file with a text editor.2. Copy a defined function with all of its parameters.3. Scroll to the bottom of the file and paste the copied function.4. You must leave a carriage return below the last function.5. Inside the n parameter, increment the function by 1.6. Enter a new function name in the NAME= parameter.7. Enter an input field name for each SQL function argument in the TRAD=
parameter.If the new function doesn’t have arguments, leave this parameter blank.
8. Enter explicit help text for the function in the HELP= parameter.9. Enter the function type in the TYPE= parameter.10.Enter either Y or N in the IN_MACRO= parameter, indicating Y if the function
is accessible from BusinessObjects or N if the function is not accessible from BusinessObjects.
11.Enter either Y or N in the GROUP= parameter, indicating Y if the function is an
IN_MACRO=Y Indicates whether the function should appear in BusinessObjects.
GROUP=Y Indicates whether the function is an aggregate function.
SQL=SQL function name($A,$N)
Displays a SQL function with its arguments. This function name appears in Designer. Inside the parentheses, you enter the arguments that make up the function. The possible arguments are: $A (alphanumeric)$N (numeric)$D (date)$* (all types).If the function does not contain arguments, you leave a blank inside the parentheses.
SQL parameters Description
Data Access Guide 153
Optimizing data access performance
aggregate function or N if the function is not an aggregate function.12.Enter the SQL function name with any arguments in the SQL= parameter.13.Save the file.
NOTEIf you also use WebIntelligence, you must also complete the procedure described in Adding a function to the oracle.prm XML file on page 159.
154 Data Access Guide
Oracle Data Access
The following is an example of a newly created function:(60)
NAME= Example
TRAD= Text: $Date:
HELP= Displays an Example function
TYPE=A
IN_MACRO=Y
GROUP=N
SQL=example($A,$D)
Viewing a newly added function in the Functions listTo see your newly created function in Designer:In Designer, double click an object in the Universe pane. An edit properties dialog box appears for the object. Click the >> button to the left of the Select or Where edit boxes. The following dialog box appears:
Function SQL=($A,$D)
Function TYPE=A
Data Access Guide 155
Optimizing data access performance
To see your newly created function in BusinessObjects:In BusinessObjects, create a report. In the Query Panel, click User Objects. The User Objects dialog appears. Click Add.:
Each argument is checked on input to ensure the input matches the datatype indicated in the function. For example, if a function is specified as a DATE format, the user must enter a date format.
WebIntelligence parameter fileThe oracle.prm file for WebIntelligence is an XML file divided into the following four sections:• Configuration• DateOperations• Operators• FunctionsYou should use an XML editor to view and modify this file.
Function
Function
Function
Function
Example
TRAD=
HELP=
TYPE=A
156 Data Access Guide
Oracle Data Access
ConfigurationThis section defines parameters for SQL generation. Each parameter is defined with the tag <Parameter>. The Name attribute specifies the name of the parameter. The data included in the tag is the value of the parameter.
EXAMPLE
<Configuration>
<Parameter Name="SORT_BY_NO">NO</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="GROUPBYCOL">NO</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="EXT_JOIN">YES</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="EXT_JOIN_INVERT">YES</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="LEFT_OUTER">$(+)</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="RIGHT_OUTER">$(+)</Parameter>
</Configuration>
DateOperationsThis section defines functions related to date handling. The attribute Name is used to specify the identifier of the <DateOperation> tag.
EXAMPLE
<DateOperations>
<DateOperation Name="YEAR">TO_NUMBER(TO_CHAR($D,'YYYY'))</DateOperation>
<DateOperation Name="QUARTER">TO_NUMBER(TO_CHAR($D,'Q'))</DateOperation>
<DateOperation Name="MONTH">TO_NUMBER(TO_CHAR($D,'MM'))</DateOperation>
</DateOperations>
OperatorsThis section defines the operators available in the database. The operator properties are indicated with the <Operator> tag attributes.
Data Access Guide 157
Optimizing data access performance
The available <Operator> attributes are:• Arity• Type, possible values: Numeric, Char, String, DateTime, Logical or All• ID: identifier of the operator
EXAMPLE
<Operators>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="ADD" Type="Numeric">+</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="SUBTRACT" Type="Numeric">-</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="MULTIPLY" Type="Numeric">*</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="DIVIDE" Type="Numeric">/</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="CONCAT" Type="Char">||</Operator>
<Operator Arity="0" ID="NULL" Type="Logical">IS NULL</Operator>
</Operators>
FunctionsThis section defines the functions available in the database. A function is defined with the tag <Function>. The available <Function> attributes are:• Group• InMacro• Type• Name• IDFor more information, see Adding a function to the oracle.prm XML file on page 159.If the function takes one or more arguments, these arguments are described with the <Argument> tag. Currently, only attribute Type is defined.The SQL corresponding to the function is defined with the <SQL> tag. To specify arguments in the SQL sentence, the syntax $n is used where n is a number which corresponds to the position of the argument incremented by 1.
158 Data Access Guide
Oracle Data Access
EXAMPLE
<Function Group="False" ID="Replace" InMacro="True" Type="String">
<Arguments>
<Argument Type="String"/>
<Argument Type="Char"/>
<Argument Type="Char"/>
</Arguments>
<SQL>replace($1,$2,$3)</SQL>
</Function>
Data Access Guide 159
Optimizing data access performance
Adding a function to the oracle.prm XML fileYou must add your function to the BusinessObjects oracle.prm file before completing this procedure. For more information, see Adding a function to the oracle.prm file on page 152.1. In an XML editor, open <BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise
6\data access\RDBMS\connectionServer\oracle\oracle.prm.
2. Copy a defined function with all of its parameters.3. Scroll to the bottom of the file and paste the copied function before the
</Functions> tag.4. In the <Function> tag, modify the items between the quotes for the
following:
5. In the <Arguments> section, include any arguments for your function. Each
Function tag DescriptionGroup Indicates whether the function is an aggregate
function.The values are:• True• False
ID Displays the name of the function as it appears in BusinessObjects
InMacro Indicates whether the function should appear in BusinessObjects.The values are:• True• False
Name Displays the name of the function as it appears in BusinessObjects. This is optional in this file.
Type Displays the type of function: • String• Numeric• Char• DateTime• Logical• All
160 Data Access Guide
Oracle Data Access
argument has a <Message id=n> tag which holds the type of argument.6. In the <SQL> tag, include the SQL necessary to run the function.7. Save the oracle.prm file.
Data Access Guide 161
Optimizing data access performance
The following is an example of a function for WebIntelligence:<Function Group="False" ID="Example" InMacro="True" Type="String">
<Arguments>
<Argument Type="String"/>
</Arguments>
<SQL>example($A,$D)</SQL>
</Function>
Modifying the data access configuration fileThe oracle.sbo file is the data access configuration file. It contains all the default connection parameters.When you change the data access configuration file, all parameter default values are changed for new connections. All connections made after the parameter values are changed use those parameter values as default values.You can find the oracle.sbo file for BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products at the following location:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\oracle
You can find the oracle.sbo file for WebIntelligence at the following location:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\connectionServer\oracle
NOTEYou should configure this file only if you want to change the default values permanently, otherwise it is recommended that you do not modify this file. If you just want to override the parameters for a specific connection, you may use the Advanced or Custom tab in the connection dialog box.
For more information on data access configuration parameters, see General Data Access Configuration File Reference on page 379 and WebIntelligence Data Access Configuration File Reference on page 425.If you just want to override the parameters for a specific connection, you may use the Advanced or Custom tab in the connection dialog box.
162 Data Access Guide
Oracle Data Access
Modifying an external strategy fileWhen you create a universe in Designer, you use a default strategy which is a SQL script that reads structural information from your database. It is also possible to create an external strategy to create your universe. When you purchase an Oracle Access Pack, you are provided with an external strategy file which is located by default at:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\oracle\oracleEN.txt
The external strategy file contains external strategy definitions based on SQL. You can also create an external strategy file based on a flat file. For more information on external strategies, see the Designer’s Guide.
Data Access Guide 163
Optimizing data access performance
Structure of the external strategy fileThis text file, structured like a filename.ini file, is divided into [STRATEGY] sections. In each section, you usually have two subsections [SQL] and [HELP].
EXAMPLEHere is a section of the oracleen.txt file:[STRATEGY]
TYPE=OBJECT
NAME= External Strategy: Classes and Objects
[SQL]
SQL=SELECT
U1.table_name,'|',
U1.column_name,'|',
translate(initcap(U1.table_name),'_',' '),'|',
translate(initcap(U1.column_name),'_',' '),'|',
U1.table_name||'.'||U1.column_name,'|',
' ','|',
decode(SUBSTR(U1.DATA_TYPE,1,1),'N','N','F','N','D','D','C'),'|',
SUBSTR(U2.comments,1,474),'|',
'O','|'
FROM USER_TAB_COLUMNS U1,USER_COL_COMMENTS U2
WHERE
U1.table_name=U2.table_name
and U1.column_name=U2.column_name
UNION
SELECT
S.SYNONYM_NAME,'|',
U1.column_name,'|',
translate(initcap(S.SYNONYM_NAME),'_',' '),'|',
translate(initcap(U1.column_name),'_',' '),'|',
S.SYNONYM_NAME||'.'||U1.column_name,'|',
' ','|',
decode(SUBSTR(U1.DATA_TYPE,1,1),'N','N','F','N','D','D','C'),'|',
SUBSTR(U2.comments,1,474),'|',
164 Data Access Guide
Oracle Data Access
'O','|'
FROM ALL_TAB_COLUMNS U1, ALL_COL_COMMENTS U2, ALL_OBJECTS O, USER_SYNONYMS S
WHERE
S.table_owner=O.owner
AND S.table_name=O.object_name
AND (O.OBJECT_TYPE='TABLE' OR O.OBJECT_TYPE='VIEW')
AND O.owner=U1.owner
AND O.object_name=U1.table_name
AND U1.owner=U2.owner
AND U1.table_name=U2.table_name
AND U1.column_name=U2.column_name
;
[HELP]
HELP= This strategy reads the database structure. It associates tables with classes as well as columns with objects.
STRATEGY sectionThis section contains the name and type of strategy. You can create three types of strategy:• OBJECT, to create your universe classes and objects• JOIN, to create your universe joins• STRUC, to create your table structureIn the preceding example, the strategy is a JOIN type:TYPE=JOIN
SQL subsectionThis subsection contains the SQL statements that enable a universe designer to create classes and objects, joins, or table structure.
HELP subsectionThis subsection contains a description of the strategy. The strategy description appears in Designer when a designer creates a universe.
Data Access Guide 165
Optimizing data access performance
Creating an external strategy fileIf you want to create an external strategy file, copy the strategy file, such as oracleen.txt, from the Oracle subfolder. To create an external strategy file:1. Open a text editor.2. Create a new [STRATEGY] section.3. Enter a TYPE parameter and define the strategy type. For example:
TYPE=JOIN.4. Enter a NAME parameter and name the strategy. For example:
NAME=External Strategy: Matching column names.5. Create an [SQL] subsection.6. Define the SQL definition for this strategy. For example:
SQL=SQL statements
7. Create a [HELP] subsection and add a description for this strategy.For example: HELP=Creates joins based on columns with the same name.
8. Save the file with a .txt file type. For example: example.txt.
Modifying the driverEN.sbo and driverEN.cfg filesThese files contain a description of all Data Access drivers and a Data Access driver alias section. The driveren.sbo file is a text file containing the driver information relevant to BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products. The driverEN.cfg and driver.cfg files are XML files containing the equivalent driver information relevant to WebIntelligence.
NOTEIt is not recommended that you modify these files.
You can find the driveren.sbo file at the following location:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\driveren.sbo
The driveren.sbo and driver.sbo XML files for WebIntelligence are here:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\connectionServer\driveren.cfg
166 Data Access Guide
Oracle Data Access
NOTE
If you have WebIntelligence, you must modify both files every time you make a change to one file.
The driveren.sbo fileThe text file for BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products, structured like a filename.ini file, is divided into two sections: [drivers], and [alias].It is not recommended that you modify this file.
Drivers SectionThis section lists all the Data Access drivers with a description of each driver. On each line, there is:• the key name as it appears in the Windows system registry• the name of network layer that you select to create a connection• the description of the network layer that appears when you select the network
layerFor example, the Oracle entry is displayed below:Oracle_OCI=Oracle Client,Allows you to access Oracle 8.x and Oracle 9.x servers
Oracle_OCI the key name for Net8 and Net9
Oracle Client the name of the network layer
Allows you to access Oracle 8.x and Oracle 9.x servers
the description of the network layer
Data Access Guide 167
Optimizing data access performance
The following illustration displays each element of the entry in BusinessObjects:
a
a
a. The registry entryb. The name of the network layerc. The network layer description
a
c
b
168 Data Access Guide
Oracle Data Access
This file contains the name of the network layer and its description. Do not change the key name. This key name matches one in your Windows registry, if it is modified, you could experience problems with your computer.
Alias SectionThis section displays a list of Business Objects 5.x Data Access drivers and their compatible Business Objects 6.x Data Access drivers. It enables Business Objects 6.x products to correctly interpret your Business Object 5.x product connections.Your users can use previously defined connections with the current version. On each alias row, there is:• the Data Access driver for Business Objects 5.x driver key name as it appears
in the Windows system registry• the Data Access driver for Business Objects 6 compatible driver. Each driver
is listed by registry key name without underscore charactersFor example, below you have the Oracle 8i registry entry for Business Objects 5.x and the Business Objects 6 compatible Data Access driver:Oracle_8=Oracle OCI
The driveren.cfg and driver.cfg fileThe driveren.cfg and driver.cfg files for WebIntelligence contain the same information as the drivers section of the driversen.sbo file, but in a different format. The following is the entry for Oracle:<NetworkLayer Name="Oracle OCI">
<Message id="Comment">Allows you to access Oracle 8.x and Oracle 9.x servers</Message>
<Message id="Name">Oracle Client</Message>
</NetworkLayer>
For a complete description of where this information is displayed, see Drivers Section on page 166.
NOTEIt is not recommended that you modify these files.
Oracle_8 the key name of the Oracle Data Access Driver for Business Objects 5.x
Oracle OCI the key name of the Data Access driver for Business Objects 6
Data Access Guide 169
Configuring the Oracle server
Configuring the Oracle serverOverview
This section covers how to configure your server to allow your users to access Oracle stored procedures.
Accessing stored procedures
NOTEModifying and setting up access to stored procedures are advanced user tasks; this section is for database administrators.
To let your users access stored procedures in BusinessObjects, implement the following steps before they create connections:1. Create a cursor inside a package. See Creating a Cursor inside a Package
on page 170 for more information.2. Create the stored procedures using the defined cursor. See Creating a Stored
Procedure on page 170 for more information.Both steps are done using an Oracle procedural language called Procedural Language/Standard Query Language (PL/SQL).
Supported Stored ProceduresBusiness Objects products support the following stored procedures:• Any PL/SQL procedures that return result sets through a REF Cursor. • PL/SQL stored procedures that have at least one IN/OUT REF cursor variable
parameter and no OUT or IN/OUT parameter.
Unsupported Stored ProceduresThe following stored procedures are not supported by Business Objects products:• Any PL/SQL procedure that does not return result sets through a REF
CURSOR parameter• Any PL/SQL procedures having at least one OUT parameter• Any PL/SQL function• Any PL/SQL procedure having one IN/OUT parameter of a type different than
a REF CURSOR, for example, VARRAY• Any PL/SQL Table function
170 Data Access Guide
Oracle Data Access
Ensure that your stored procedures are Business Objects-compatible.
Creating a Cursor inside a PackageA package is a database object that contains related PL/SQL types, objects, and subprograms. To create a package, you can use the following statement:CREATE or REPLACE PACKAGE catalog_data AS
TYPE CatCurTyp IS REF CURSOR RETURNall_objects%ROWTYPE;
END catalog_data;
Creating a Stored ProcedureStored procedures are sets of PL/SQL statements grouped together to perform a specific task.
NOTEIn BusinessObjects, you can only access standalone procedures.
To create a stored procedure on your database, use the following statement:CREATE or REPLACE PROCEDURE get_allobjects(cat_cv IN OUT catalog_data.catcurtyp) AS
BEGIN
OPEN cat_cv FOR SELECT * FROM all_objects;
END;
or, if you want to include several parameters:CREATE or REPLACE PROCEDURE get_ownerobjects(owner_name IN varchar2, cat_cv IN OUT catalog_data.catcurtyp) AS
BEGIN
OPEN cat_cv FOR SELECT * FROM all_objects WHERE
owner=owner_name; END;
In both statements, use catcurtyp cursor that you previously created in the package. In the examples, catalog_data.catcurtyp is used.See your Oracle documentation for more information on how to create packages and stored procedures.
Data Access Guide 171
Configuring the Oracle server
Accessing the Stored Procedure from BusinessObjectsAfter creating a stored procedure, see Creating a connection for stored procedures or WebIntelligence auditing on page 34 for information on connecting to your stored procedure. For information on how to create a report using stored procedures, see the BusinessObjects User’s Guide.
EXAMPLEPackaged stored procedures and standalone stored proceduresThe following is a packaged declaration, it is not supported by Business Objects:CREATE or REPLACE PACKAGE pac2 AS
TYPE curtyp IS REF CURSOR RETURN GUEST%ROWTYPE;
PROCEDURE pproc(cat_cv IN OUT curtyp);
END pac2;
The following is a standalone stored procedure, it is supported by Business Objects:CREATE or REPLACE PACKAGE pac1 AS
TYPE curtyp IS REF CURSOR RETURN GUEST%ROWTYPE;
END pac1;
You need the Package definition at least to create the cursor type.
172 Data Access Guide
Oracle Data Access
Oracle datatype conversionBusiness Objects products support four datatypes:• date• character• number• long text The following table lists the Oracle internal datatypes and their equivalent in Business Objects products:
* indicates Oracle 9i datatype
Oracle Datatype BusinessObjects Suggested DatatypeCHAR CHARACTER
DATE DATE
FLOAT NUMBER
INTEGER NUMBER
LONG LONG TEXT
NUMBER NUMBER
VARCHAR CHARACTER
VARCHAR2 CHARACTER
chapter
Red Brick Data Access
174 Data Access Guide
Red Brick Data Access
OverviewThis chapter provides information about Red Brick-specific connections, including:• Optimizing data access performance• Red Brick datatype conversionFor information on creating a connection to access a Microsoft database on Windows, see the chapter Creating a Connection to a Database on Windows.
Data Access Guide 175
Connecting to Business Objects products with Red Brick
Connecting to Business Objects products with Red Brick
The following operating systems and Red Brick products are supported for connection:
For information on how to configure your middleware, refer to your Red Brick documentation
NOTEYou cannot create a repository on Red Brick Decision Server. To create a repository, you must access a repository enabled RDBMS, for example Oracle, IBM DB2, Sybase, Informix, MS SQL Server or Teradata.
Red Brick product MiddlewareIBM Red Brick Decision Server IBM Red Brick ODBC
176 Data Access Guide
Red Brick Data Access
Optimizing data access performanceYou can modify and add parameters to the connection parameter files to improve data access performance. This section contains information for advanced users.
OverviewWhen you install the Red Brick ODBC Data Access driver, connection parameter files are copied to the data access folder in the BusinessObjects path. Business Objects products use these files to manage your connections. You can customize these files to optimize connections.The following connection parameter files are installed:
Modifying the Red Brick ODBC parameter filesThe parameter files are installed in two separate folders:.
When you modify a connection parameter for WebIntelligence, you need to modify the parameter files in both odbc directories.
File name Descriptiondriver.prm XML format)driveren.prm (text format)
Contain the parameters needed to create and manage your universes, and generate SQL. For more information see Modifying the Red Brick ODBC parameter files on page 176.
driveren.prm (XML format)
Contains information about each SQL function used in the driver.prm.
odbc.sbo This file contains the default connection parameters. For more information, see Modifying the data access configuration file on page 186.
driveren.sbo This file contains the description of all Data Access drivers, and a Data Access driver alias section. For more information, see Modifying the driverEN.sbo and driverEN.cfg files on page 189.
Connection files used by... PathAll Business Objects products except WebIntelligence
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\odbc
WebIntelligence only <BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\connectionserver\odbc
Data Access Guide 177
Optimizing data access performance
When you modify a connection parameter for all other Business Objects products you only need to modify the parameter files in the \legacy\odbc directory.You can add SQL functions or modify existing parameters in the odbc.prm file to optimize your connection.There are two odbc.prm files:
Depending on your Business Objects products you edit either one or both Red Brick ODBC parameter files as follows:
The connection is used by any Business Objects product except WebIntelligenceIf you want to modify a connection parameter for all Business Objects products except WebIntelligence, then you only need to edit the following file:
The connection is used by WebIntelligenceIf you are using WebIntelligence you need to modify both the driver.prm files listed below:
If you use WebIntelligence, you must modify both driver.prm files every time you make a change to one file. The driver.prm file is declared in the odbc.sbo file in the following parameter: SQL Parameter File=
Oracle parameter file DescriptionGeneral parameter file Contains the parameters relevant to
BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products
WebIntelligence parameter file
Contains the parameters relevant to WebIntelligence only.
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\odbc\driver.prm
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\oracle\driver.prm
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\connection server\oracle\driver.prm
178 Data Access Guide
Red Brick Data Access
General parameter fileThe driveren.prm file for BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products is divided into the following four sections: • RDBMS• DATE• OPERATORS• FUNCTIONS
RDBMSThe RDBMS section contains all the parameters needed for SQL generation. It may include the strategy file to use for creating candidate objects and joins, parameters to prefix tables with qualifiers and/or owners, and so on. Most of the configuration applied to each parameter should not be modified since the settings enable Business Objects products to generate SQL. If you change the settings, this may generate errors.For information about each parameter, see Data Access Parameter File Reference on page 241.
DATEThis section defines the SQL syntax for a given date. It contains the syntax for Year, Quarter, and Month. The DATE SQL syntax is used for the Automatic Time Hierarchy feature in Designer and BusinessObjects.
OPERATORSThis section defines the SQL syntax for the operators you can access in the Query Panel when you create a condition in BusinessObjects.
FUNCTIONSThis section defines the SQL functions with their SQL syntax. These functions appear in Designer to create universe objects or in BusinessObjects to create user objects.For information on creating functions, see Adding a function to the driveren.prm file on page 180.
Data Access Guide 179
Optimizing data access performance
Business Objects provides you with the most commonly used functions. If you need additional functions, you can add them to the driveren.prm file. A function has the following structure:
Function Parameter Descriptionn Order in which the function appears in the
driveren.prm file. The value n starts at 0. Each function number should be unique.
NAME= function name Displays the name of the function as it appears in BusinessObjects.
TRAD= Input field1: $Input field2:
Displays input field names for each argument you entered inside the parentheses of the SQL function (the SQL= parameter). These input field names appear in the User Object dialog box in BusinessObjects. Each input field name should end by a “:”. If you have more than one input field, from the second and onwards, you must add a $ sign in front of the input field name.
HELP= Help text Function help text that appears in Designer and BusinessObjects.
TYPE=A Displays the type of function: A=alphanumericN=numericD=date
180 Data Access Guide
Red Brick Data Access
Adding a function to the driveren.prm fileBusiness Objects provides a list of SQL functions in the driveren.prm file. You may add functions to this list. To do so:1. Open the driveren.prm file with a text editor.2. Copy a defined function with all of its parameters.3. Scroll to the bottom of the file and paste the copied function.4. You must leave a carriage return below the last function.5. Inside the n parameter, increment the function by 1.6. Enter a new function name in the NAME= parameter.7. Enter an input field name for each SQL function argument in the TRAD=
parameter. If the new function doesn’t have arguments, leave this parameter blank.
8. Enter explicit help text for the function in the HELP= parameter.9. Enter the function type in the TYPE= parameter.10.Enter either Y or N in the IN_MACRO= parameter, indicating Y if the function
is accessible from BusinessObjects or N if the function is not accessible from BusinessObjects.
11.Enter either Y or N in the GROUP= parameter, indicating Y if the function is an
IN_MACRO=Y Indicates whether the function should appear in BusinessObjects.
GROUP=Y Indicates whether the function is an aggregate function.
SQL=SQL function name($A,$N)
Displays a SQL function with its arguments. This function name appears in Designer. Inside the parentheses, you enter the arguments that make up the function. The possible arguments are: $A (alphanumeric)$N (numeric)$D (date)$* (all types).If the function does not contain arguments, you leave a blank inside the parentheses.
Function Parameter Description
Data Access Guide 181
Optimizing data access performance
aggregate function or N if the fucntion is not an aggregate function.12.Enter the SQL function name with any arguments in the SQL= parameter.13.Save the file.
NOTEIf you also use WebIntelligence, you must also complete the procedure described in Adding a function to the driveren.prm XML file on page 185.
The following is an example of a newly created function:(60)
NAME= Example
TRAD= Text: $Date:
HELP= Displays an Example function
TYPE=A
IN_MACRO=Y
GROUP=N
SQL=example($A,$D)
182 Data Access Guide
Red Brick Data Access
WebIntelligence parameter fileThe driveren.prm file for WebIntelligence is an XML file divided into the following four sections:• Configuration• DateOperations• Operators• Functions
ConfigurationThis section defines parameters for SQL generation. Each parameter is defined with the tag <Parameter>. The Name attribute specifies the name of the parameter. The data included in the tag is the value of the parameter.
EXAMPLE
<Configuration>
<Parameter Name="SORT_BY_NO">NO</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="GROUPBYCOL">NO</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="EXT_JOIN">YES</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="EXT_JOIN_INVERT">YES</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="LEFT_OUTER">$(+)</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="RIGHT_OUTER">$(+)</Parameter>
</Configuration>
DateOperationsThis section defines functions related to date handling. The attribute Name is used to specify the identifier of the <DateOperation> tag.
EXAMPLE
<DateOperations>
<DateOperation Name="YEAR">TO_NUMBER(TO_CHAR($D,'YYYY'))</DateOperation>
<DateOperation Name="QUARTER">TO_NUMBER(TO_CHAR($D,'Q'))</DateOperation>
<DateOperation Name="MONTH">TO_NUMBER(TO_CHAR($D,'MM'))</DateOperation>
Data Access Guide 183
Optimizing data access performance
</DateOperations>
OperatorsThis section defines the operators available in the database. The operator properties are indicated with the <Operator> tag attributes.The available <Operator> attributes are:• Arity• Type, possible values : Numeric, Char, String, DateTime, Logical or All• ID : identifier of the operator
EXAMPLE
<Operators>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="ADD" Type="Numeric">+</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="SUBSTRACT" Type="Numeric">-</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="MULTIPLY" Type="Numeric">*</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="DIVIDE" Type="Numeric">/</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="CONCAT" Type="Char">||</Operator>
<Operator Arity="0" ID="NULL" Type="Logical">IS NULL</Operator>
</Operators>
FunctionsThis section defines the functions available in the database. A function is defined with the tag <Function>. The available <Function> attributes are:• Group• InMacro• Type• Name• IDFor more information, see Adding a function to the driveren.prm XML file on page 185.
184 Data Access Guide
Red Brick Data Access
If the function takes one or more arguments, these arguments are described with the <Argument> tag. Currently, only attribute Type is defined.The SQL corresponding to the function is defined with the <SQL> tag. To specify arguments in the SQL sentence, the syntax $n is used where n is a number which corresponds to the position of the argument incremented by 1.
EXAMPLE
<Function Group="False" ID="Replace" InMacro="True" Type="String">
<Arguments>
<Argument Type="String"/>
<Argument Type="Char"/>
<Argument Type="Char"/>
</Arguments>
<SQL>replace($1,$2,$3)</SQL>
</Function>
Data Access Guide 185
Optimizing data access performance
Adding a function to the driveren.prm XML fileYou must add your function to the BusinessObjects driveren.prm file before completing this procedure. For more information, see Adding a function to the driveren.prm file on page 180.1. In an XML editor, open <BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise
6\dataAccess\RDBMS\connectionServer\ODBC\driveren.prm.
2. Copy a defined function with all of its parameters.3. Scroll to the bottom of the file and paste the copied function before the
</Functions> tag.4. In the <Function> tag, modify the items between the quotes for the
following:
5. In the <Arguments> section, include any arguments for your function. Each argument has a <Message id=n> tag which holds the type of argument.
6. In the <SQL> tag, include the SQL necessary to run the function.7. Save the driveren.prm file.
Function tag DescriptionGroup Indicates whether the function is an aggregate
function.The values are:• True• False
ID Displays the name of the function as it appears in BusinessObjects
InMacro Indicates whether the function should appear in BusinessObjects.The values are:• True• False
Name Displays the name of the function as it appears in BusinessObjects
Type Displays the type of function: • String• Numeric• DateTime
186 Data Access Guide
Red Brick Data Access
Modifying the data access configuration fileThe data access configuration file, the odbc.sbo file, contains the default connection properties. If you want to change the data access configuration files, all parameter default values are changed. All connections made after the parameter values are changed use those parameter values as default values. You can find the odbc.sbo file for BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products at the following location:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\odbc
You can find the odbc.sbo file for WebIntelligence at the following location:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\connectionServer\odbc
NOTE
You should configure this file only if you want to change the default values permanently, otherwise it is recommended that you do not modify this file. If you just want to override the parameters for a specific connection, you may use the Advanced or Custom tab in the connection dialog box.
For more information on data access configuration parameters, see General Data Access Configuration File Reference on page 379 and WebIntelligence Data Access Configuration File Reference on page 425.If you just want to override the parameters for a specific connection, you may use the Advanced or Custom tab in the connection dialog box.
Modifying an external strategy fileWhen you create a universe in Designer, you use a default strategy which is a SQL script that reads structural information from your database. It is also possible to create an external strategy to create your universe.
NOTE
An external strategy file for ODBC data access is not shipped with this version of Business Objects products. If you have licences for other data access drivers, you can create an external strategy file by using an external strategy text file shipped with another data access driver. If you need to create an external strategy file from scratch, refer to the Designer’s Guide for instructions on creating and using external strategy files.
Data Access Guide 187
Optimizing data access performance
The external strategy file contains external strategy definitions based on SQL. You can also create an external strategy file based on a flat file. For more information on external strategies, see the Designer’s Guide.
Structure of the external strategy fileThis text file, structured like a filename.ini file, is divided into [STRATEGY] sections. In each section, you usually have two subsections [SQL] and [HELP].
STRATEGY sectionThis section contains the name and type of strategy. You can create three types of strategy:• OBJECT, to create your universe classes and objects• JOIN, to create your universe joins• STRUC, to create your table structure
SQL subsectionThis subsection contains the SQL statements that enables a universe designer to create classes and objects, joins, or table structure.
HELP subsectionThis subsection contains a description of the strategy. The strategy description appears in Designer when a designer creates a universe.
Creating an External Strategy FileTo create an external strategy file:1. Open a text editor.2. Create a new [STRATEGY] section.3. Enter a TYPE parameter and define the strategy type.For example:
TYPE=JOIN.4. Enter a NAME parameter and name the strategy.For example:
NAME=External Strategy: Matching column names.5. Create an [SQL] subsection.6. Define the SQL definition for this strategy. For example:
SQL=SQL statements
7. Create a [HELP] subsection and add a description for this strategy.For example: HELP=Creates joins based on columns with the same name.
8. Save the file with a .txt file type. For example: microsften.txt
188 Data Access Guide
Red Brick Data Access
Declaring an external strategy fileOnce you create an external strategy file, you have to declare it in order for Designer to use it. To declare an external strategy file:1. Open the driveren.prm file with a text editor.
The driveren.prm file is located by default at:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\odbc
2. Scroll to the STG= parameter.3. Enter the name of the external strategy file.
For example: STG=example.You must enter the name of the stdriver.txt file without its extension and path. Since you do not enter a path, the stdriver.txt file must be located in the same folder as the driveren.prm file.
EXAMPLEThe following is an example of a strategy file:[STRATEGY]
TYPE=OBJECT
NAME=Candidate Objects Strategy
[SQL]
SQL=SELECT col1_list FROM table1 WHERE condition;
[HELP]
HELP=This strategy creates a list of candidate objects
Data Access Guide 189
Optimizing data access performance
Modifying the driverEN.sbo and driverEN.cfg filesThese files contain a description of all Data Access drivers and a Data Access driver alias section. The driveren.sbo file is a text file containing the driver information relevant to BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products. The driverEN.cfg file is an XML file containing the driver information relevant to WebIntelligence only.
NOTEIt is not recommended that you modify these files.
You can find the driveren.sbo file at the following location:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\driverEN.sbo
The driveren.sbo file for WebIntelligence is an XML file at:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\connectionServer\driveren.cfg
NOTEIf you have WebIntelligence, you must modify both files every time you make a change to one file.
The driveren.sbo fileThe text file for BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products, structured like a filename.ini file, is divided into two sections: [drivers], and [alias].It is not recommended that you modify this file.
Drivers SectionThis section lists all the Data Access drivers with a description of each driver. On each line, there is:• the key name as it appears in the Windows system registry• the name of network layer that you select to create a connection• the description of the network layer that appears when you select the network
layer
190 Data Access Guide
Red Brick Data Access
For example, the Microsoft entry is displayed below:ODBC= ODBC Drivers,Allows you to access various databases
This file containts the name of the network layer and its description. Do not change the key name. This key name matches one in your Windows registry, if it is modified, you could experience problems with your computer.
Alias SectionThis section displays a list of Business Objects 5.x Data Access drivers and compatible Business Objects 6.x Data Access drivers. It enables Business Objects 6.x products to correctly interpret your Business Object 5.x product connections.Your users can use previously defined connections with the current version. On each alias row, there is:• the Data Access driver for Business Objects 5.x driver key name as it appears
in the Windows system registry• the Data Access driver for Business Objects 6.x compatible driver. Each
driver is listed by registry key name without underscore characters
The driveren.cfg fileThe driveren.cfg file for WebIntelligence contains the same information as the drivers section of the driversen.sbo file, but in a different format. The following is the entry for Microsoft:<NetworkLayer Name="ODBC">
<Message id="Comment">Allows you to access various databases</Message>
<Message id="Name">ODBC Drivers</Message>
</NetworkLayer>
For a complete description of where this information is displayed, see Drivers Section on page 189.
NOTEIt is not recommended that you modify these files.
ODBC the key name for ODBC
ODBC Drivers the name of the network layer
Allows you to access various databases
the description of the network layer
Data Access Guide 191
Red Brick datatype conversion
Red Brick datatype conversionThe BusinessObjects interface supports four datatypes:• date• character• number• long text
Red BrickThe following table lists the Red Brick internal datatypes and their BusinessObjects equivalent
Red Brick datatype Business Objects Suggested DatatypeCHAR CHARACTER
DATE DATE
DECIMAL NUMBER
FLOAT NUMBER
INTEGER NUMBER
NUMERIC NUMBER
SMALLINT NUMBER
TIME CHARACTER
TIMESTAMP DATE
192 Data Access Guide
Red Brick Data Access
chapter
Sybase Data Access
194 Data Access Guide
Sybase Data Access
OverviewThis chapter provides information about sybase-specific connections, including:• Optimizing data access performance• Sybase datatype conversionFor information on creating a connection to access an Syabse database on Windows, see the chapter Creating a Connection to a Database on Windows.For information on creating connections to access an sybase database on UNIX, see the chapter Creating a Connection to a Database on UNIX.
Data Access Guide 195
Connecting to Business Objects products with Sybase
Connecting to Business Objects products with Sybase
The following operating systems and Sybase releases are supported for connection:
Sybase Release MiddlewareSyabse Adaptive Server Open Client 12.x
Syabse ASE IQ ASIQ ODBC 7
196 Data Access Guide
Sybase Data Access
Optimizing data access performanceYou can modify and add parameters to the connection parameter files to improve data access performance. This section contains information for advanced users.
OverviewWhen you install a Sybase Data Access driver, connection parameter files are copied to the data access folder in the BusinessObjects path. Business Objects products use these files to manage your connections. You can customize these files to optimize connections.The following connection parameter files are installed:
The parameter files are installed in two separate folders:.
File name Descriptionsybase.prm (XML format)sybaseen.prm (text format)
Contain the parameters needed to create and manage your universes, and generate SQL. For more information, see Modifying the Sybase parameter files on page 197.
sybaseen.prm (XML format)
Contains information about each SQL function used in the sybase.prm
sybase.stg (XML format)sybaseen.txt (text format)
Contains external strategy definitions based on SQL. For more information, see Modifying an external strategy file on page 210.
sybaseen.stg Contains information about the external strategies used in sybase.stg
sybase.sbo Contains the default connection properties. For more information, see Modifying the data access configuration file on page 209.
Connection files used by... PathAll Business Objects products except WebIntelligence
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\sybase
WebIntelligence only <BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\connectionserver\sybase
Data Access Guide 197
Optimizing data access performance
When you modify a connection parameter for WebIntelligence, you need to also modify the parameter files in both sybase directories.When you modify a connection parameter for all other Business Objects products you only need to modify the parameter files in the \legacy\sybase directory.
Modifying the Sybase parameter filesYou can add SQL functions or modify existing parameters in the sybase.prm file to optimize your connection.There are two sybase.prm files:
Depending on your Business Objects products you edit either one or both sybase.prm files as follows:
The connection is used by any Business Objects product except WebIntelligenceIf you want to modify a connection parameter for all Business Objects products except WebIntelligence, then you only need to edit the following file:
The connection is used by WebIntelligenceIf you are using WebIntelligence you need to modify both the sybase.prm files listed below:
If you use WebIntelligence, you must modify both sybase.prm files every time you make a change to one file.
Sybase parameter file DescriptionGeneral parameter file Contains the parameters relevant to
BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products
WebIntelligence parameter file
Contains the parameters relevant to WebIntelligence only.
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\sybase\sybase.prm
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\sybase\sybase.prm
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\connection server\sybase\sybase.prm
198 Data Access Guide
Sybase Data Access
The driver.prm file is declared in the sybase.sbo file in the following parameter: SQL Parameter File=
General parameter fileThe sybase.prm file for BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products is divided into the following four sections: • RDBMS• DATE• OPERATORS• FUNCTIONS
RDBMSThe RDBMS section contains all the parameters needed for SQL generation. It may include the strategy file to use for creating candidate objects and joins, parameters to prefix tables with qualifiers and/or owners, and so on.
NOTEBusiness Objects recommends that you only add parameters. If you must modify a parameter, exercise caution as the parameter settings enable Business Objects products to create SQL. If you modify the settings, the modified parameters could generate errors. Do not remove parameters.
For a description of each Sybase parameter, see Data Access Parameter File Reference on page 241. If you are using WebIntelligence, also see Functions on page 321 for more information.
DATEThis section defines the SQL syntax for a given date. It contains the syntax for Year, Quarter, and Month. The DATE SQL syntax is used for the Automatic Time Hierarchy feature in Designer and BusinessObjects.For a description of each Sybase parameter, see Data Access Parameter File Reference on page 241. If you are using WebIntelligence, also see Functions on page 321 for more information.
OPERATORSThis section defines the SQL syntax for the operators you can access in the Query Panel when you create a condition in BusinessObjects.
Data Access Guide 199
Optimizing data access performance
For a description of each Sybase parameter, see Data Access Parameter File Reference on page 241. If you are using WebIntelligence, also see Functions on page 321 for more information.
FUNCTIONSThis section defines the SQL functions with their SQL syntax. These functions appear in Designer to create universe objects or in BusinessObjects to create user objects.For information on creating functions, see Adding a function to the sybase.prm file on page 200.The sybase.prm file for WebIntelligence is an XML file. Do not move this file as it is dependent on a DTD file for syntax. For more information on including functions in WebIntelligence, see Adding a function to the sybase.prm XML file on page 207.Business Objects provides you with the most commonly used functions. If you need additional functions, you can add them to the sybase.prm file. A function has the following structure:
SQL parameters Descriptionn Order in which the function appears in the
sybase.prm file. The value n starts at 0. Each function number should be unique.
NAME= function name Displays the name of the function as it appears in BusinessObjects.
TRAD= Input field1: $Input field2:
Displays input field names for each argument you entered inside the parentheses of the SQL function (the SQL= parameter). These input field names appear in the User Object dialog box in BusinessObjects. Each input field name should end by a “:”. If you have more than one input field, from the second and onwards, you must add a $ sign in front of the input field name.
HELP= Help text Function help text that appears in Designer and BusinessObjects.
200 Data Access Guide
Sybase Data Access
Adding a function to the sybase.prm fileBusiness Objects provides a list of SQL functions in the sybase.prm file. You may add functions to this list.To add a function to the sybase.prm file:1. Open the sybase.prm file with a text editor.2. Copy a defined function with all of its parameters.3. Scroll to the bottom of the file and paste the copied function.4. You must leave a carriage return below the last function.5. Inside the n parameter, increment the function by 1.6. Enter a new function name in the NAME= parameter.7. Enter an input field name for each SQL function argument in the TRAD=
TYPE=A Displays the type of function: A=alphanumericN=numericD=date
IN_MACRO=Y Indicates whether the function should appear in BusinessObjects.
GROUP=Y Indicates whether the function is an aggregate function.
SQL=SQL function name($A,$N)
Displays a SQL function with its arguments. This function name appears in Designer. Inside the parentheses, you enter the arguments that make up the function. The possible arguments are: $A (alphanumeric)$N (numeric)$D (date)$* (all types).If the function does not contain arguments, you leave a blank inside the parentheses.
SQL parameters Description
Data Access Guide 201
Optimizing data access performance
parameter.If the new function doesn’t have arguments, leave this parameter blank.
8. Enter explicit help text for the function in the HELP= parameter.9. Enter the function type in the TYPE= parameter.10.Enter either Y or N in the IN_MACRO= parameter, indicating Y if the function
is accessible from BusinessObjects or N if the function is not accessible from BusinessObjects.
11.Enter either Y or N in the GROUP= parameter, indicating Y if the function is an aggregate function or N if the function is not an aggregate function.
12.Enter the SQL function name with any arguments in the SQL= parameter.13.Save the file.
NOTEIf you also use WebIntelligence, you must also complete the procedure described in Adding a function to the sybase.prm XML file on page 207.
202 Data Access Guide
Sybase Data Access
The following is an example of a newly created function:(60)
NAME= Example
TRAD= Text: $Date:
HELP= Displays an Example function
TYPE=A
IN_MACRO=Y
GROUP=N
SQL=example($A,$D)
Viewing a newly added function in the Functions listTo see your newly created function in Designer:In Designer, double click an object in the Universe pane. An edit properties dialog box appears for the object. Click the >> button to the left of the Select or Where edit boxes. The following dialog box appears:
Function SQL=($A,$D)
Function TYPE=A
Data Access Guide 203
Optimizing data access performance
To see your newly created function in BusinessObjects:In BusinessObjects, create a report. In the Query Panel, click User Objects. The User Objects dialog appears. Click Add.:
Each argument is checked on input to ensure the input matches the datatype indicated in the function. For example, if a function is specified as a DATE format, the user must enter a date format.
WebIntelligence parameter fileThe sybase.prm file for WebIntelligence is an XML file divided into the following four sections:• Configuration• DateOperations• Operators• FunctionsYou should use an XML editor to view and modify this file.
Function
Function
Function
Function
Example
TRAD=
HELP=
TYPE=A
204 Data Access Guide
Sybase Data Access
ConfigurationThis section defines parameters for SQL generation. Each parameter is defined with the tag <Parameter>. The Name attribute specifies the name of the parameter. The data included in the tag is the value of the parameter.
EXAMPLE
<Configuration>
<Parameter Name="SORT_BY_NO">NO</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="GROUPBYCOL">NO</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="EXT_JOIN">YES</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="EXT_JOIN_INVERT">YES</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="LEFT_OUTER">$(+)</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="RIGHT_OUTER">$(+)</Parameter>
</Configuration>
DateOperationsThis section defines functions related to date handling. The attribute Name is used to specify the identifier of the <DateOperation> tag.
EXAMPLE
<DateOperations>
<DateOperation Name="YEAR">TO_NUMBER(TO_CHAR($D,'YYYY'))</DateOperation>
<DateOperation Name="QUARTER">TO_NUMBER(TO_CHAR($D,'Q'))</DateOperation>
<DateOperation Name="MONTH">TO_NUMBER(TO_CHAR($D,'MM'))</DateOperation>
</DateOperations>
OperatorsThis section defines the operators available in the database. The operator properties are indicated with the <Operator> tag attributes.
Data Access Guide 205
Optimizing data access performance
The available <Operator> attributes are:• Arity• Type, possible values: Numeric, Char, String, DateTime, Logical or All• ID: identifier of the operator
EXAMPLE
<Operators>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="ADD" Type="Numeric">+</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="SUBTRACT" Type="Numeric">-</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="MULTIPLY" Type="Numeric">*</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="DIVIDE" Type="Numeric">/</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="CONCAT" Type="Char">||</Operator>
<Operator Arity="0" ID="NULL" Type="Logical">IS NULL</Operator>
</Operators>
FunctionsThis section defines the functions available in the database. A function is defined with the tag <Function>. The available <Function> attributes are:• Group• InMacro• Type• Name• IDFor more information, see Adding a function to the sybase.prm XML file on page 207.If the function takes one or more arguments, these arguments are described with the <Argument> tag. Currently, only attribute Type is defined.The SQL corresponding to the function is defined with the <SQL> tag. To specify arguments in the SQL sentence, the syntax $n is used where n is a number which corresponds to the position of the argument incremented by 1.
206 Data Access Guide
Sybase Data Access
EXAMPLE
<Function Group="False" ID="Replace" InMacro="True" Type="String">
<Arguments>
<Argument Type="String"/>
<Argument Type="Char"/>
<Argument Type="Char"/>
</Arguments>
<SQL>replace($1,$2,$3)</SQL>
</Function>
Data Access Guide 207
Optimizing data access performance
Adding a function to the sybase.prm XML fileYou must add your function to the BusinessObjects sybase.prm file before completing this procedure. For more information, see Adding a function to the sybase.prm file on page 200.1. In an XML editor, open <BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise
6\data access\RDBMS\connectionServer\sybase\sybase.prm.
2. Copy a defined function with all of its parameters.3. Scroll to the bottom of the file and paste the copied function before the
</Functions> tag.4. In the <Function> tag, modify the items between the quotes for the
following:
5. In the <Arguments> section, include any arguments for your function. Each
Function tag DescriptionGroup Indicates whether the function is an aggregate
function.The values are:• True• False
ID Displays the name of the function as it appears in BusinessObjects
InMacro Indicates whether the function should appear in BusinessObjects.The values are:• True• False
Name Displays the name of the function as it appears in BusinessObjects. This is optional in this file.
Type Displays the type of function: • String• Numeric• Char• DateTime• Logical• All
208 Data Access Guide
Sybase Data Access
argument has a <Message id=n> tag which holds the type of argument.6. In the <SQL> tag, include the SQL necessary to run the function.7. Save the sybase.prm file.
Data Access Guide 209
Optimizing data access performance
The following is an example of a function for WebIntelligence:<Function Group="False" ID="Example" InMacro="True" Type="String">
<Arguments>
<Argument Type="String"/>
</Arguments>
<SQL>example($A,$D)</SQL>
</Function>
Modifying the data access configuration fileThe sybase.sbo file is the data access configuration file. It contains all the default connection parameters.When you change the data access configuration file, all parameter default values are changed for new connections. All connections made after the parameter values are changed use those parameter values as default values.You can find the sybase.sbo file for BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products at the following location:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\sybase
You can find the sybase.sbo file for WebIntelligence at the following location:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\connectionServer\sybase
NOTEYou should configure this file only if you want to change the default values permanently, otherwise it is recommended that you do not modify this file. If you just want to override the parameters for a specific connection, you may use the Advanced or Custom tab in the connection dialog box.
For more information on data access configuration parameters, see General Data Access Configuration File Reference on page 379 and WebIntelligence Data Access Configuration File Reference on page 425.If you just want to override the parameters for a specific connection, you may use the Advanced or Custom tab in the connection dialog box.
210 Data Access Guide
Sybase Data Access
Modifying an external strategy fileWhen you create a universe in Designer, you use a default strategy which is a SQL script that reads structural information from your database. It is also possible to create an external strategy to create your universe. When you purchase an Sybase Access Pack, you are provided with an external strategy file which is located by default at:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\sybase\sybaseEN.txt
The external strategy file contains external strategy definitions based on SQL. You can also create an external strategy file based on a flat file. For more information on external strategies, see the Designer’s Guide.
Data Access Guide 211
Optimizing data access performance
Structure of the external strategy fileThis text file, structured like a filename.ini file, is divided into [STRATEGY] sections. In each section, you usually have two subsections [SQL] and [HELP].
STRATEGY sectionThis section contains the name and type of strategy. You can create three types of strategy:• OBJECT, to create your universe classes and objects• JOIN, to create your universe joins• STRUC, to create your table structureIn the preceding example, the strategy is a JOIN type:TYPE=JOIN
SQL subsectionThis subsection contains the SQL statements that enable a universe designer to create classes and objects, joins, or table structure.
HELP subsectionThis subsection contains a description of the strategy. The strategy description appears in Designer when a designer creates a universe.
Creating an external strategy fileIf you want to create an external strategy file, copy the strategy file, such as sybaseen.txt, from the Sybase subfolder. To create an external strategy file:1. Open a text editor.2. Create a new [STRATEGY] section.3. Enter a TYPE parameter and define the strategy type. For example:
TYPE=JOIN.4. Enter a NAME parameter and name the strategy. For example:
NAME=External Strategy: Matching column names.5. Create an [SQL] subsection.6. Define the SQL definition for this strategy. For example:
SQL=SQL statements
7. Create a [HELP] subsection and add a description for this strategy.For example: HELP=Creates joins based on columns with the same name.
8. Save the file with a .txt file type. For example: example.txt.
212 Data Access Guide
Sybase Data Access
Declaring an External Strategy FileOnce you have created an external strategy file, you must declare it to force Designer to use it.To declare an external strategy file:1. Open the sybaseEN.prm file with a text editor.
The sybaseen.prm file is located by default at:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\sybase\sybaseEN.prm
2. Scroll to the STG= parameter.3. Enter the name of the external strategy file.
For example: STG=example.You must enter the name of the stdriver.txt file without its extension and path. Since you do not enter a path, the stdriver.txt file must be located in the same folder as the syb10en.prm file.
Modifying the driverEN.sbo and driverEN.cfg filesThese files contain a description of all Data Access drivers and a Data Access driver alias section. The driveren.sbo file is a text file containing the driver information relevant to BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products. The driverEN.cfg and driver.cfg files are XML files containing the equivalent driver information relevant to WebIntelligence.
NOTEIt is not recommended that you modify these files.
You can find the driveren.sbo file at the following location:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\driveren.sbo
The driveren.sbo and driver.sbo XML files for WebIntelligence are here:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\connectionServer\driveren.cfg
NOTEIf you have WebIntelligence, you must modify both files every time you make a change to one file.
Data Access Guide 213
Optimizing data access performance
The driveren.sbo fileThe text file for BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products, structured like a filename.ini file, is divided into two sections: [drivers], and [alias].It is not recommended that you modify this file.
Drivers SectionThis section lists all the Data Access drivers with a description of each driver. On each line, there is:• the key name as it appears in the Windows system registry• the name of network layer that you select to create a connection• the description of the network layer that appears when you select the network
layerFor example, the Sybase entry is displayed below:Sybase_CTL= Sybase Open Client,Allows you to access Sybase SQL Server 11.x, and Adaptive Server 11.x
.
NOTEThis file contains the name of the network layer and its description. Do not change the key name. This key name matches one in your Windows registry, if it is modified, you could experience problems with your computer.
Alias Section (to validate)This section displays a list of Business Objects 5.x Data Access drivers and their compatible Business Objects 6.x Data Access drivers. It enables Business Objects 6.x products to correctly interpret your Business Object 5.x product connections.Your users can use previously defined connections with the current version. On each alias row, there is:• the Data Access driver for Business Objects 5.x driver key name as it appears
Sybase_CTL Key name for Sybase Open Client.Sybase Open Client Name of the network layer.Allows you to access Sybase SQL Server 11.x, and Adaptive Server 11.x.
Description of the network layer
214 Data Access Guide
Sybase Data Access
in the Windows system registry• the Data Access driver for Business Objects 6 compatible driver. Each driver
is listed by registry key name without underscore charactersFor example, below you have the Open Client 11 registry entry for Business Objects product release 4.1 and its Business Objects product release 5.1 compatible Data Access driver:Open_Client_11=Sybase CTLOpen_Client_11 is the key name of the Open Client 11 Data Access driver for version 4.1.Sybase CTL is the key name of the Data Access driver for version 5.1.
For example, below you have the Sybase 8i registry entry for Business Objects 5.x and the Business Objects 6 compatible Data Access driver:Sybase_8=Sybase OCI
The driveren.cfg and driver.cfg fileThe driveren.cfg and driver.cfg files for WebIntelligence contain the same information as the drivers section of the driversen.sbo file, but in a different format. The following is the entry for Sybase:<NetworkLayer Name="Sybase OCI">
<Message id="Comment">Allows you to access Sybase 8.x and Sybase 9.x servers</Message>
<Message id="Name">Sybase Client</Message>
</NetworkLayer>
For a complete description of where this information is displayed, see Drivers Section on page 213.
Sybase_8 the key name of the Sybase Data Access Driver for Business Objects 5.x
Sybase OCI the key name of the Data Access driver for Business Objects 6
Data Access Guide 215
Sybase datatype conversion
Sybase datatype conversionBusiness Objects products support four datatypes:• date• character• number• long textThe following table lists the Sybase internal datatypes and their equivalent in Business Objects products
Sybase Datatype BusinessObjects DatatypeBIT NUMBER
CHAR CHARACTER
DATETIME DATE
DECIMAL NUMBER
FLOAT NUMBER
INT NUMBER
MONEY NUMBER
NUMERIC NUMBER
REAL NUMBER
SMALLDATETIME DATE
SMALLINT NUMBER
SMALLMONEY NUMBER
TINYINT NUMBER
VARCHAR CHARACTER
216 Data Access Guide
Sybase Data Access
chapter
Teradata Data Access
218 Data Access Guide
Teradata Data Access
OverviewThis chapter provides information about Microsoft-specific connections, including:• Optimizing data access performance• Teradata datatype conversionFor information on creating a connection to access a Teradata database on Windows, see the chapter Creating a Connection to a Database on Windows.For information on creating connections to access a Teradata database on UNIX, see the chapter Creating a Connection to a Database on UNIX.
Data Access Guide 219
Connecting to Business Objects products with Teradata
Connecting to Business Objects products with Teradata
The following operating systems and Teradata products are supported for connection:For information on how to configure your middleware, refer to your Teradata documentation.
Teradata release MiddlewareTeradata Teradata ODBC Driver
220 Data Access Guide
Teradata Data Access
Optimizing data access performanceYou can modify and add parameters to the connection parameter files to improve data access performance. This section contains information for advanced users.
OverviewWhen you install the Teradata Data Access driver, connection parameter files are copied to the data access folder in the BusinessObjects path. Business Objects products use these files to manage your connections. You can customize these files to optimize connections.The following connection parameter files are installed:
File name Descriptiondriver.prm XML format)driveren.prm (text format)
Contain the parameters needed to create and manage your universes, and generate SQL. For more information see Modifying the Teradata parameter files on page 221.
driveren.prm (XML format)
Contains information about each SQL function used in the driver.prm.
driver.sbo This file contains the default connection parameters. For more information, see Modifying the data access configuration file on page 230.
driveren.sbo This file contains the description of all Data Access drivers, and a Data Access driver alias section. For more information, see Modifying the driverEN.sbo and driverEN.cfg files on page 235.
driver.stg (XML format)driveren.txt (text format)
Contains external strategy definitions based on SQL. For more information, see Modifying an external strategy file on page 230.
Data Access Guide 221
Optimizing data access performance
Modifying the Teradata parameter filesThe parameter files are installed in two separate folders:.
When you modify a connection parameter for WebIntelligence, you need to modify the parameter files in both teradata directories.When you modify a connection parameter for all other Business Objects products you only need to modify the parameter files in the \legacy\teradata directory.You can add SQL functions or modify existing parameters in the teradata.prm file to optimize your connection.There are two terdata.prm files:
Depending on your Business Objects products you edit either one or both teradata.prm files as follows:
The connection is used by any Business Objects product except WebIntelligenceIf you want to modify a connection parameter for all Business Objects products except WebIntelligence, then you only need to edit the following file:
Connection files used by... PathAll Business Objects products except WebIntelligence
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\teradata
WebIntelligence only <BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\connectionserver\teradata
Oracle parameter file DescriptionGeneral parameter file Contains the parameters relevant to
BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products
WebIntelligence parameter file
Contains the parameters relevant to WebIntelligence only.
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\teradata\driver.prm
222 Data Access Guide
Teradata Data Access
The connection is used by WebIntelligenceIf you are using WebIntelligence you need to modify both the driver.prm files listed below:
If you use WebIntelligence, you must modify both driver.prm files every time you make a change to one file. The driver.prm file is declared in the teradata.sbo file in the following parameter: SQL Parameter File=
General parameter fileThe driveren.prm file for BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products is divided into the following four sections: • RDBMS• DATE• OPERATORS• FUNCTIONS
RDBMSThe RDBMS section contains all the parameters needed for SQL generation. It may include the strategy file to use for creating candidate objects and joins, parameters to prefix tables with qualifiers and/or owners, and so on. Most of the configuration applied to each parameter should not be modified since the settings enable Business Objects products to generate SQL. If you change the settings, this may generate errors.For information about each parameter, see Data Access Parameter File Reference on page 241.
DATEThis section defines the SQL syntax for a given date. It contains the syntax for Year, Quarter, and Month. The DATE SQL syntax is used for the Automatic Time Hierarchy feature in Designer and BusinessObjects.
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\teradata\driver.prm
<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\connection server\teradata\driver.prm
Data Access Guide 223
Optimizing data access performance
OPERATORSThis section defines the SQL syntax for the operators you can access in the Query Panel when you create a condition in BusinessObjects.
FUNCTIONSThis section defines the SQL functions with their SQL syntax. These functions appear in Designer to create universe objects or in BusinessObjects to create user objects.For information on creating functions, see Adding a function to the driveren.prm file on page 224.Business Objects provides you with the most commonly used functions. If you need additional functions, you can add them to the driveren.prm file. A function has the following structure:
Function Parameter Descriptionn Order in which the function appears in the
driveren.prm file. The value n starts at 0. Each function number should be unique.
NAME= function name Displays the name of the function as it appears in BusinessObjects.
TRAD= Input field1: $Input field2:
Displays input field names for each argument you entered inside the parentheses of the SQL function (the SQL= parameter). These input field names appear in the User Object dialog box in BusinessObjects. Each input field name should end by a “:”. If you have more than one input field, from the second and onwards, you must add a $ sign in front of the input field name.
HELP= Help text Function help text that appears in Designer and BusinessObjects.
TYPE=A Displays the type of function: A=alphanumericN=numericD=date
224 Data Access Guide
Teradata Data Access
Adding a function to the driveren.prm fileBusiness Objects provides a list of SQL functions in the driveren.prm file. You may add functions to this list. To do so:1. Open the driveren.prm file with a text editor.2. Copy a defined function with all of its parameters.3. Scroll to the bottom of the file and paste the copied function.4. You must leave a carriage return below the last function.5. Inside the n parameter, increment the function by 1.6. Enter a new function name in the NAME= parameter.7. Enter an input field name for each SQL function argument in the TRAD=
parameter. If the new function doesn’t have arguments, leave this parameter blank.
8. Enter explicit help text for the function in the HELP= parameter.9. Enter the function type in the TYPE= parameter.10.Enter either Y or N in the IN_MACRO= parameter, indicating Y if the function
is accessible from BusinessObjects or N if the function is not accessible from BusinessObjects.
11.Enter either Y or N in the GROUP= parameter, indicating Y if the function is an
IN_MACRO=Y Indicates whether the function appears in the list of available functions when defining a user defined object.
GROUP=Y Indicates whether the function is an aggregate function.
SQL=SQL function name($A,$N)
Displays a SQL function with its arguments. This function name appears in Designer. Inside the parentheses, you enter the arguments that make up the function. The possible arguments are: $A (alphanumeric)$N (numeric)$D (date)$* (all types).If the function does not contain arguments, you leave a blank inside the parentheses.
Function Parameter Description
Data Access Guide 225
Optimizing data access performance
aggregate function or N if the fucntion is not an aggregate function.12.Enter the SQL function name with any arguments in the SQL= parameter.13.Save the file.
NOTEIf you also use WebIntelligence, you must also complete the procedure described in Adding a function to the driveren.prm XML file on page 229.
The following is an example of a newly created function:(60)
NAME= Example
TRAD= Text: $Date:
HELP= Displays an Example function
TYPE=A
IN_MACRO=Y
GROUP=N
SQL=example($A,$D)
226 Data Access Guide
Teradata Data Access
WebIntelligence parameter fileThe driveren.prm file for WebIntelligence is an XML file divided into the following four sections:• Configuration• DateOperations• Operators• Functions
ConfigurationThis section defines parameters for SQL generation. Each parameter is defined with the tag <Parameter>. The Name attribute specifies the name of the parameter. The data included in the tag is the value of the parameter.
EXAMPLE
<Configuration>
<Parameter Name="SORT_BY_NO">NO</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="GROUPBYCOL">NO</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="EXT_JOIN">YES</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="EXT_JOIN_INVERT">YES</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="LEFT_OUTER">$(+)</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="RIGHT_OUTER">$(+)</Parameter>
</Configuration>
DateOperationsThis section defines functions related to date handling. The attribute Name is used to specify the identifier of the <DateOperation> tag.
EXAMPLE
<DateOperations>
<DateOperation Name="YEAR">TO_NUMBER(TO_CHAR($D,'YYYY'))</DateOperation>
<DateOperation Name="QUARTER">TO_NUMBER(TO_CHAR($D,'Q'))</DateOperation>
<DateOperation Name="MONTH">TO_NUMBER(TO_CHAR($D,'MM'))</DateOperation>
Data Access Guide 227
Optimizing data access performance
</DateOperations>
OperatorsThis section defines the operators available in the database. The operator properties are indicated with the <Operator> tag attributes.The available <Operator> attributes are:• Arity• Type, possible values : Numeric, Char, String, DateTime, Logical or All• ID : identifier of the operator
EXAMPLE
<Operators>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="ADD" Type="Numeric">+</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="SUBSTRACT" Type="Numeric">-</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="MULTIPLY" Type="Numeric">*</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="DIVIDE" Type="Numeric">/</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="CONCAT" Type="Char">||</Operator>
<Operator Arity="0" ID="NULL" Type="Logical">IS NULL</Operator>
</Operators>
FunctionsThis section defines the functions available in the database. A function is defined with the tag <Function>. The available <Function> attributes are:• Group• InMacro• Type• Name• IDFor more information, see Adding a function to the driveren.prm XML file on page 229.
228 Data Access Guide
Teradata Data Access
If the function takes one or more arguments, these arguments are described with the <Argument> tag. Currently, only attribute Type is defined.The SQL corresponding to the function is defined with the <SQL> tag. To specify arguments in the SQL sentence, the syntax $n is used where n is a number which corresponds to the position of the argument incremented by 1.
EXAMPLE
<Function Group="False" ID="Replace" InMacro="True" Type="String">
<Arguments>
<Argument Type="String"/>
<Argument Type="Char"/>
<Argument Type="Char"/>
</Arguments>
<SQL>replace($1,$2,$3)</SQL>
</Function>
Data Access Guide 229
Optimizing data access performance
Adding a function to the driveren.prm XML fileYou must add your function to the BusinessObjects driveren.prm file before completing this procedure. For more information, see Adding a function to the driveren.prm file on page 224.1. In an XML editor, open <BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise
6\dataAccess\RDBMS\connectionServer\teradata\driveren.prm.
2. Copy a defined function with all of its parameters.3. Scroll to the bottom of the file and paste the copied function before the
</Functions> tag.4. In the <Function> tag, modify the items between the quotes for the
following:
5. In the <Arguments> section, include any arguments for your function. Each
Function tag DescriptionGroup Indicates whether the function is an aggregate
function.The values are:• True• False
ID Displays the name of the function as it appears in BusinessObjects
InMacro Indicates whether the function should appear in the list of available functions when defining user defined objects.The values are:• True• False
Name Displays the name of the function as it appears in BusinessObjects
Type Displays the type of function: • String• Numeric• DateTime
230 Data Access Guide
Teradata Data Access
argument has a <Message id=n> tag which holds the type of argument.6. In the <SQL> tag, include the SQL necessary to run the function.7. Save the driveren.prm file.
Modifying the data access configuration fileThe data access configuration file, the teradata.sbo file, contains the default connection properties. If you want to change the data access configuration files, all parameter default values are changed. All connections made after the parameter values are changed use those parameter values as default values. You can find the teradata.sbo file for BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products at the following location:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\teradata
You can find the odbc.sbo file for WebIntelligence at the following location:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\connectionServer\teradata
NOTE
You should configure this file only if you want to change the default values permanently, otherwise it is recommended that you do not modify this file. If you just want to override the parameters for a specific connection, you may use the Advanced or Custom tab in the connection dialog box.
For more information on data access configuration parameters, see General Data Access Configuration File Reference on page 379 and WebIntelligence Data Access Configuration File Reference on page 425.If you just want to override the parameters for a specific connection, you may use the Advanced or Custom tab in the connection dialog box.
Modifying an external strategy fileWhen you create a universe in Designer, you use a default strategy which is a SQL script that reads structural information from your database. It is also possible to create an external strategy to create your universe.
When you create a universe in Designer, you use a default strategy which is a SQL script that reads structural information from your database. It is also possible to create an external strategy to create your universe.
Data Access Guide 231
Optimizing data access performance
When you purchase an Teradata Access Pack, you are provided with an external strategy file which is located by default at:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\teradata\teradataEN.txt
The external strategy file contains external strategy definitions based on SQL. You can also create an external strategy file based on a flat file. For more information on external strategies, see the Designer’s Guide.
232 Data Access Guide
Teradata Data Access
Structure of the external strategy fileThis text file, structured like a filename.ini file, is divided into [STRATEGY] sections. In each section, you usually have two subsections [SQL] and [HELP].
EXAMPLEHere is a section of the teraden.txt file:[STRATEGY]
TYPE=JOIN
NAME= Same Column Name on Teradata
[SQL]
SQL=
SELECT
trim(Columns1.DataBaseName)||'.'||Columns1.TableName,'ƒ',
trim(Columns2.DataBaseName)||'.'||Columns2.TableName,'ƒ',
trim(Columns1.DataBaseName)||'.'||Trim(Columns1.TableName)
||'.'||trim(Columns1.ColumnName)||'='||trim(Columns2.DataBaseName)
||'.'||Trim(Columns2.TableName)||'.'||trim(Columns2.ColumnName),'ƒ',
'','ƒ'
FROM
DBC.ColumnsX Columns1, DBC.ColumnsX Columns2
WHERE
Columns2.DataBaseName=Columns1.DataBaseName
AND Columns2.TableName>Columns1.TableName
AND Columns2.ColumnName=Columns1.ColumnName
AND Columns1.Columntype=Columns2.Columntype
and Columns1.databasename <> 'DBC'
and Columns2.databasename <> 'DBC'
;
[HELP]
HELP= This strategy is based on the name parity of the column and creates a list of Candidate Joins.
Data Access Guide 233
Optimizing data access performance
STRATEGY sectionThis section contains the name and type of strategy. You can create three types of strategy:• OBJECT, to create your universe classes and objects• JOIN, to create your universe joins• STRUC, to create your table structureIn the preceding example, the strategy is a JOIN type:TYPE=JOIN
SQL subsectionThis subsection contains the SQL statements that enable a universe designer to create classes and objects, joins, or table structure.
HELP subsectionThis subsection contains a description of the strategy. The strategy description appears in Designer when a designer creates a universe.
Creating an external strategy fileIf you want to create an external strategy file, copy the strategy file, such as teraden.txt, from the Teradata subfolder. To create an external strategy file:1. Open a text editor.2. Create a new [STRATEGY] section.3. Enter a TYPE parameter and define the strategy type. For example:
TYPE=JOIN.4. Enter a NAME parameter and name the strategy. For example:
NAME=External Strategy: Matching column names.5. Create an [SQL] subsection.6. Define the SQL definition for this strategy. For example:
SQL=SQL statements
7. Create a [HELP] subsection and add a description for this strategy.For example: HELP=Creates joins based on columns with the same name.
8. Save the file with a .txt file type. For example: example.txt.
234 Data Access Guide
Teradata Data Access
The external strategy file contains external strategy definitions based on SQL. You can also create an external strategy file based on a flat file. For more information on external strategies, see the Designer’s Guide.
Data Access Guide 235
Optimizing data access performance
Modifying the driverEN.sbo and driverEN.cfg filesThese files contain a description of all Data Access drivers and a Data Access driver alias section. The driveren.sbo file is a text file containing the driver information relevant to BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products. The driverEN.cfg file is an XML file containing the driver information relevant to WebIntelligence only.
NOTEIt is not recommended that you modify these files.
You can find the driveren.sbo file at the following location:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\legacy\driveren.sbo
The driveren.cfg file for WebIntelligence is an XML file at:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\data access\RDBMS\connectionServer\driveren.cfg
NOTEIf you have WebIntelligence, you must modify both files every time you make a change to one file.
The driveren.sbo fileThe text file for BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products, structured like a filename.ini file, is divided into two sections: [drivers], and [alias].It is not recommended that you modify this file.
Drivers SectionThis section lists all the Data Access drivers with a description of each driver. On each line, there is:• the key name as it appears in the Windows system registry• the name of network layer that you select to create a connection• the description of the network layer that appears when you select the network
layerFor example, the Teradata entry is displayed below:Teradata=Teradata ODBC Driver,Allows you to access Teradata
236 Data Access Guide
Teradata Data Access
databases
This file containts the name of the network layer and its description. Do not change the key name. This key name matches one in your Windows registry, if it is modified, you could experience problems with your computer.
Alias SectionThis section displays a list of Business Objects 5.x Data Access drivers and compatible Business Objects 6.x Data Access drivers. It enables Business Objects 6.x products to correctly interpret your Business Object 5.x product connections.Your users can use previously defined connections with the current version. On each alias row, there is:• the Data Access driver for Business Objects 5.x driver key name as it appears
in the Windows system registry• the Data Access driver for Business Objects 6.x compatible driver. Each
driver is listed by registry key name without underscore characters
The driveren.cfg fileThe driveren.cfg file for WebIntelligence contains the same information as the drivers section of the driversen.sbo file, but in a different format. The following is the entry for Teradata:<NetworkLayer Name="Teradata">
<Message id="Comment">Allows you to access Teradata databases</Message>
<Message id="Name">Teradata ODBC Driver</Message>
</NetworkLayer>
For a complete description of where this information is displayed, see Drivers Section on page 235.
NOTE
It is not recommended that you modify these files.
Teradata the key name for Teradata
Teradata ODBC Driver the name of the network layer
Allows you to access Teradata databases
the description of the network layer
Data Access Guide 237
Teradata datatype conversion
Teradata datatype conversionBusiness Objects products support three datatypes:• date• character• numberThe following table lists the Teradata internal datatypes and their equivalent in Business Objects products:
Teradata Datatype Business Objects DatatypeDATE DATE
DECIMAL NUMBER
FLOAT NUMBER
INTEGER NUMBER
SMALLINT NUMBER
BYTEINT NUMBER
DATETIME DATE
VARCHAR CHARACTER
238 Data Access Guide
Teradata Data Access
part
Optimizing Data Access
chapter
Data Access Parameter File Reference
242 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
OverviewThis chapter provides an alphabetical reference for all parameters you may find in driveren.prm files. For each RDBMS, there are two driver.prm files. The driver.prm file relevant to BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products is made up of four sections: • General• Date• Operators• FunctionsThe parameters indicated in the General section are described in detail in this chapter. There is also a listing of Functions for each RDBMS. For more information, see Functions on page 321.
NOTEIf you have WebIntelligence, you must modify both driver.prm files every time you make a change to one file.
The parameters in the General section of each parameter file are described for the following RDBMS:• IBM DB2• Informix• Microsoft SQL Server• Oracle• Red Brick• Sybase• Teradata
Data Access Guide 243
NOTE
Certain parameters can be set in the Parameter page of the Universe Parameters dialog box in Designer (File > Parameters > Parameters). If you modify a parameter in Designer, the new value replaces any modification that you have made to the parameter value in the PRM file. See the Designer’s Guide for more information.
244 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
IBM DB2The following parameters are included by default in the following files:• db2udben.prm• db2iseriesen.prm• db2mvsen.prmNot all the parameters are supported by all IBM DB2 RDBMS, so certain parameters may not appear in one or more PRM files. Where only one default value is given, this is the default parameter value for all supported IBM DB2 RDBMS.
NOTEIf you have WebIntelligence, you must modify both driver.prm files every time you make a change to one file.
BACK_QUOTE_SUPPORTEDBack_Quote_Supported=Y | N
Specifies enclosing table or column names containing spaces or special characters with backquotes ( ` ). Values
• Y — Encloses table and column names with backquotes.• N — Backquotes are not included around table and column names.
ResultTable name=`My Table`
COMMAComma=|| ‘ ‘|| | +’ ‘+
Syntax BACK_QUOTE_SUPPORTED=value
Default value db2udben.prm
Y
Default value db2iseriesen.prm
not available
Default value db2mvsen.prm
Y
Data Access Guide 245
IBM DB2
Specifies the database concatenation operator used to replace a comma for objects that have the following syntax:Tab.Col1, Tab.Col2
Values• ||' '|| — Replaces commas with || ‘ ‘||• +' '+ — Replaces commas with +’ ‘+
ResultTab.Col1||' '||Tab.Col2
CONCATConcat=|| | +
Specifies the concatenation operator.
Values:• ||• +
EXT_JOINExt_Join=YES | NO
Specifies support of outer joins.
Values• YES — Specifies that the database supports outer joins.• NO — Specifies that the database does not support outer joins. The Outer join
check boxes in the Edit Join dialog box of Designer are not available.
Syntax COMMA=value
Default value ||' '||
Syntax CONCAT=value
Default value ||
Syntax EXT_JOIN=value
Default value YES
246 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
EXT_JOIN_INVERTExt_Join_Invert=YES|NO
Specifies how to display an outer join symbol in a join expression.Values• YES — When you click an Outer join check box in the Edit Join dialog box of
Designer, the outer join symbol appears reversed in position in a join expression.
• NO — When you click an Outer join check box in the Edit Join dialog box of Designer, the outer join symbol appears on the same side on which you created the outer join.
GROUPBY_EXCLUDE_COMPLEXGroupby_Exclude_Complex=Y | N
Specifies whether the database allows you to enter formulas, aliases or indexes in GROUP BY clauses.
Values• Y — Specifies that the database does not allow you to enter formulas, aliases,
or indexes in GROUP BY clauses. If you run a query containing measure objects and complex objects (for example, with the substring function or the
Syntax EXT_JOIN_INVERT=value
Default value db2udben.prm
YES
Default value db2iseriesen.prm
YES
Default value db2mvsen.prm
not available
Syntax GROUPBY_EXCLUDE_COMPLEX=value
Default value db2udben.prm
N
Default value db2iseriesen.prm
Y
Default value db2mvsen.prm
Y
Data Access Guide 247
IBM DB2
concatenation operator), your Business Objects product displays the following error message: Your database does not allow you to do aggregations with the n object.
• N — Specifies that the database does allow you to enter formulas, aliases, or indexes in GROUP BY clauses.
GROUPBY_WITHOUT_CONSTANTGroupby_Without_Constant=Y | N
Specifies whether or not you authorize the addition of objects whose SQL definition is a constant in a GROUP BY clause.
Values• Y — Specifies that you can add any constant object to the query but it will not
be present in the GROUP BY clause.• N — Specifies that you can insert all the objects of a query (for example,
without aggregate functions) in a GROUP BY clause.
GROUPBYCOLGroupByCol=YES|NO
Specifies whether a GROUP BY clause accepts integers for column names.
Values• YES — Specifies that a GROUP BY clause followed by an integer is
supported by the database.• NO — Specifies that a GROUP BY clause followed by an integer is not
supported by the database.
Syntax GROUPBY_WITHOUT_COMPLEX=value
Default value db2udben.prm
N
Default value db2iseriesen.prm
Y
Default value db2mvsen.prm
Y
Syntax GROUPBYCOL=value
Default value NO
248 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
INTERSECTIntersect=INTERSECT |
Specifies if the database supports the INTERSECT set operator.
Values• INTERSECT — The database supports the INTERSECT set operator.• no value — The database does not support the INTERSECT set operator. If
you choose this value, two queries are generated.
INTERSECT_IN_SUBQUERYIntersect_in_Subquery=INTERSECT |
Specifies if the database supports the INTERSECT set operator within a subquery.
Values• INTERSECT — The database supports the INTERSECT set operator within
a subquery.• no value — The database does not support the INTERSECT set operator
within a subquery. If you choose this value, two queries are generated.
Syntax INTERSECT=value
Default value db2udben.prm
INTERSECT
Default value db2iseriesen.prm
no value
Default value db2mvsen.prm
no value
Syntax INTERSECT_IN_SUBQUERY=value
Default value db2udben.prm
INTERSECT
Default value db2iseriesen.prm
no value
Default value db2mvsen.prm
no value
Data Access Guide 249
IBM DB2
KEY_INFO_SUPPORTEDKEY_INFO_SUPPORTED=Y | N
Specifies if you can retrieve primary and secondary key definitions from the database account.
Values• Y — Specifies that the database lets you retrieve primary and secondary key
definitions from the database account. This parameter enables Designer to display the keys in the Structure window.
• N — Specifies that the database does not let you retrieve primary and secondary key definitions from the database account.
MINUSMINUS=EXCEPT |
Specifies if the database supports the MINUS set operator.
Values• EXCEPT — Specifies that the database supports the MINUS set operator.• no value — Specifies that the database does not support the MINUS set
operator. If you choose this value, two queries are generated.
MINUS_IN_SUBQUERYMINUS_IN_SUBQUERY=EXCEPT |
Syntax KEY_INFO_SUPPORTED=value
Default value Y
Syntax MINUS=value
Default value db2udben.prm
EXCEPT
Default value db2iseriesen.prm
no value
Default value db2mvsen.prm
no value
250 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
Specifies if the database supports the MINUS set operator within a subquery.
Values• EXCEPT — Specifies that the database supports the MINUS set operator
within a subquery. • no value — Specifies that the database does not support the MINUS set
operator. If you choose this value, two queries are generated.
OUTERJOINS_GENERATIONOuterjoins_Generation= AINSI_92 | DB2| NO
Specifies the SQL syntax for outer joins.
Values• AINSI_92— Generates the AINSI 92 syntax. This value generates an outer
join in the FROM clause, whereas other values generate the outer join in the WHERE clause. Also, when you modify this setting, you can check that your outer join is set up correctly by editing the join and verifying that the expression is correctly phrased and that the cardinalities are correct.
• DB2 — Outer joins are supported.• NO — Outer joins are not supported.
ResultFROM T2 LEFT OUTER JOIN T1
ON T1.col1 = T2.col2
Syntax MINUS_IN_SUBQUERY=value
Default value db2udben.prm
EXCEPT
Default value db2iseriesen.prm
no value
Default value db2mvsen.prm
no value
Syntax OUTERJOINS_GENERATION=value
Default value DB2
Data Access Guide 251
IBM DB2
OVER_CLAUSEOVER_CLAUSE= Y | N
Allows Business Objects products to include RISQL functions when generating SQL.The supported RISQL functions for the database are listed in the RISQL_Functions parameter.
Values • Y — Business Objects products can include RISQL functions when
generating SQL.• N — Business Objects products cannot include RISQL functions when
generating SQL.
OWNEROwner=Y|N
Specifies if the database authorizes prefixing tables with the owner name (for example, user name).
Values• Y — Specifies that the database does support prefixing tables by the owner
name. • N — Specifies that the database does not support prefixing tables by the
owner name.
QUALIFIERQualifier=Y | N
Syntax OVER_CLAUSE=value
Default value db2udben.prm
Y
Default value db2iseriesen.prm
not available
Default value db2mvsen.prm
not available
Syntax OWNER=value
Default value Y
252 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
Specifies whether the database authorizes prefixing tables with the qualifier name, for example, the database name.
Values• Y — Specifies that the database does support prefixing tables by the qualifier
name. • N — Specifies that the database does not support prefixing tables by the
qualifier name.
RISQL_FUNCTIONSRISQL_FUNCTIONS=RANK | SUM | AVG | COUNT | MIN | MAX
Lists RISQL functions supported by database.
SORT_BY_NOSort_By_No=YES|NO
Specifies if users are authorized to sort columns that are not included in the SELECT statement.Values• YES — Specifies that users are not authorized to sort columns if they are not
included in the SELECT statement. When the parameter is set to YES, the Manage Sorts button is unavailable in the Query Panel.
• NO — Specifies that you are authorized to sort columns even if they are not
Syntax QUALIFIER=value
Default value N
Syntax RISQL_FUNCTION=value
Default value db2udben.prm
RANK,SUM,AVG,COUNT,MIN,MAX
Default value db2iseriesen.prm
not available
Default value db2mvsen.prm
not available
Syntax SORT_BY_NO=value
Default value YES
Data Access Guide 253
IBM DB2
included in the SELECT statement.
STGStg=filename
Specifies the name of the external strategy file.Values• db2en — This is the default Business Objects external strategy file.• filename — If you replace or rename the default Business Objects external
strategy file, make sure the name of the file appears here. Do not include the file extension.
STRING_FORMAT_IN_SUBQUERYSTRING_FORMAT_IN_SUBQUERY= YES
Syntax STG=value
Default value db2en
Syntax STRING_FORMAT_IN_SUBQUERY=value
Default value db2udben.prm
not available
Default value db2iseriesen.prm
not available
Default value db2mvsen.prm
YES
254 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
TABLE_DELIMITERTABLE_DELIMITER=”
Specifies that table or column names that contain spaces or special characters are enclosed within quotation marks if the parameter Back_Quote_Supported is activated.
Values • “ — Table or column names that contain spaces or special characters are
enclosed in double quotation marks.To use this parameter the BACK_QUOTE_SUPPORTED parameter must be set to BACK_QUOTE_SUPPORTED=Y.
Result Table name=“My Table”
UNIONUnion=UNION|
Specifies if the database supports the UNION set operator.
Values• UNION — The database supports the UNION set operator.• no value — The database does not support the UNION set operator. If you
choose this value, two queries are generated.
Syntax TABLE_DELIMITER=value
Default value db2udben.prm
“
Default value db2iseriesen.prm
not available
Default value db2mvsen.prm
“
Syntax UNION=value
Default value UNION
Data Access Guide 255
IBM DB2
UNION_IN_SUBQUERYUnion_in_Subquery=UNION|
Specifies if the database supports the UNION set operator within a subquery.
Values• UNION — The database supports the UNION set operator within a subquery.• no value — The database does not support the UNION set operator within a
subquery. If you choose this value, two queries are generated.
Syntax UNION_IN_SUBQUERY=value
Default value UNION
256 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
USER_INPUT_DATE_FORMATUser_Input_Date_Format=\d ‘yyy-mm-dd’|’DD-MM-YYYY HH:MM:SS’|’YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS’|’yyyy-mm-dd HH:mm:ss’|’mm/dd/yyyy hh:m:s am/pm’|’yyyy-mm-dd’
NOTEThis is a WebIntelligence-only parameter. Only modify the User_Input_Date_Format in the driver.prm XML file.
Specifies the default date and hour formats input by users in WebIntelligence. If this value is not the same as the InputDateFormat parameter in the driver.sbo file, the values indicated in this parameter overwrite the values in the InputDateFormat parameter for WebIntelligence.
Syntax User_Input_Date_Format=value
Default value db2udben.prm
‘yyyy-mm-dd’
Default value db2iseriesen.prm
\d ‘yyyy-mm-dd’
Default value db2mvsen.prm
‘yyyy-mm-dd’
Data Access Guide 257
IBM DB2
USER_INPUT_NUMERIC_SEPARATORUser_Input_Numeric_Separator= , | .|
NOTEThis is a WebIntelligence-only parameter. Only modify the User_Input_Numeric_Separator in the driver.prm XML file.
Specifies the character used to indicate a separator in a numeric value.
Values• , — Numbers are separated with a comma (,)• . — Numbers are separated with a period (.)
Result with , value100,00 is One hundred
Result with . value100.00 is One hundred
Syntax User_Input_Numeric_Separator=value
Default value
258 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
InformixThe following parameters are included by default in the informixen.prm file.
NOTEIf you have WebIntelligence, you must modify both driver.prm files every time you make a change to one file.
COMMAComma=|| ‘ ‘|| | +’ ‘+|
Specifies the database concatenation operator used to replace a comma for objects that have the following syntax:Tab.Col1, Tab.Col2
Values• ||' '|| — Replaces commas with || ‘ ‘||• +' '+ — Replaces commas with +’ ‘+
ResultTab.Col1||' '||Tab.Col2
CONCATConcat=|| | +
Specifies the concatenation operator.
Values:• ||• +
EVAL_WITHOUT_PARENTHESIS=Y
Syntax COMMA=value
Default value ||' '||
Syntax CONCAT=value
Default value ||
Data Access Guide 259
Informix
EXT_JOINExt_Join=YES | NO
Specifies support of outer joins.
Values• YES — Specifies that the database supports outer joins.NO — Specifies that the database does not support outer joins. The Outer join check boxes in the Edit Join dialog box of Designer are not available.
EXT_JOIN_INVERTExt_Join_Invert=YES|NO
Specifies how to display an outer join symbol in a join expression.Values• YES — When you click an Outer join check box in the Edit Join dialog box of
Designer, the outer join symbol appears reversed in position in a join expression.
NO — When you click an Outer join check box in the Edit Join dialog box of Designer, the outer join symbol appears on the same side on which you created the outer join.
FORCE_SORTED_LOVForce_sorted_lov= Y | N
Retrieves a list of values that is sorted.
Values• Y— Specifies that the list of values is sorted.• N— Specifies that the list of values is not sorted.
Syntax EXT_JOIN=value
Default value YES
Syntax EXT_JOIN_INVERT=value
Default value YES
Syntax FORCE_SORTED_LOV=value
Default value Y
260 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
GROUPBYCOLGroupByCol=YES|NO
Specifies whether a GROUP BY clause accepts integers for column names.
Values• YES — Specifies that a GROUP BY clause followed by an integer is
supported by the database.• NO — Specifies that a GROUP BY clause followed by an integer is not
supported by the database.
INTERSECTIntersect=INTERSECT |
Specifies if the database supports the INTERSECT set operator.
Values• INTERSECT — The database supports the INTERSECT set operator.• no value — The database does not support the INTERSECT set operator. If
you choose this value, two queries are generated.
INTERSECT_IN_SUBQUERYIntersect_in_Subquery=INTERSECT |
Specifies if the database supports the INTERSECT set operator in a subquery.
Values• INTERSECT — The database supports the INTERSECT set operator within
a subquery.• no value — The database does not support the INTERSECT set operator
within a subquery. If you choose this value, two queries are generated.
Syntax GROUPBYCOL=value
Default value YES
Syntax INTERSECT=value
Default value
Syntax INTERSECT_IN_SUBQUERY=value
Default value
Data Access Guide 261
Informix
KEY_INFO_SUPPORTEDKEY_INFO_SUPPORTED=Y | N
Specifies if you can retrieve primary and secondary key definitions from the database account.
Values• Y — Specifies that the database lets you retrieve primary and secondary key
definitions from the database account. This parameter enables Designer to display the keys in the Structure window.
• N — Specifies that the database does not let you retrieve primary and secondary key definitions from the database account.
LNG_SQL_HELP=80
MINUSMINUS=MINUS | EXCEPT |
Specifies if the database supports the MINUS set operator.
Values• MINUS — Specifies that the database supports the MINUS set operator.• EXCEPT — Specifies that the database supports the MINUS set operator. no value — Specifies that the database does not support the MINUS set operator. If you choose this value, two queries are generated.
MINUS_IN_SUBQUERYMINUS_IN_SUBQUERY=MINUS | EXCEPT |
Syntax KEY_INFO_SUPPORTED=value
Default value Y
Syntax MINUS=value
Default value
262 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
Specifies if the database supports the MINUS set operator within a subquery.
Values• MINUS — Specifies that the database supports the MINUS set operator
within a subquery.• EXCEPT — Specifies that the database supports the MINUS set operator
within a subquery. no value — Specifies that the database does not support the MINUS set operator within a subquery. If you choose this value, two queries are generated.
OUTERJOINS_COMPLEXOuterjoins_Complex= Y | N
Specifies if the database authorizes outer joins with complex joins (i.e using AND, LIKE,...).
Values• Y — Specifies that the database supports outer joins with complex joins.• N — Specifies that the database does not support outer joins with complex
joins.
NOTEWhen you select Outerjoin, you must still edit the join manually in the SQL Join Expression box.
OUTERJOINS_GENERATIONOuterjoins_Generation=INFORMIX | NO | ANSI_92
Specifies the SQL syntax for outer joins.
Syntax MINUS_IN_SUBQUERY=value
Default value
Syntax OUTERJOINS_COMPLEX=value
Default value Y
Syntax OUTERJOINS_GENERATION=value
Default value INFORMIX
Data Access Guide 263
Informix
Values• INFORMIX — Outer joins are supported.• ANSI_92 — Generates the ANSI92 syntax. Generates an outer join in the
FROM clause, whereas other values generate the outer join in the WHERE clause. Also, when you modify this setting, you can check that your outer join is set up correctly by editing the join and verifying that the expression is correctly phrased and that the cardinalities are correct.
• NO — Outer joins are not supported.
ResultFROM T1, T2
WHERE T1.col1(+) = T2.col2
OWNEROwner=Y|N
Specifies if the database authorizes prefixing tables with the owner name (for example, user name).
Values• Y — Specifies that the database does support prefixing tables by the owner
name. • N — Specifies that the database does not support prefixing tables by the
owner name.
QUALIFIERQualifier=Y | N
Specifies whether the database authorizes prefixing tables with the qualifier name, for example, the database name.
Values• Y — Specifies that the database does support prefixing tables by the qualifier
Syntax OWNER=value
Default value Y
Syntax QUALIFIER=value
Default value N
264 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
name. • N — Specifies that the database does not support prefixing tables by the
qualifier name.
QUOTE_OWNEROuterjoins_Generation= Y | N
Specifies whether or not an owner name should be in single quotes.
Values• Y — Specifies that table names are prefixed by an owner name in single
quotes. This is mandatory for an ANSI compliant Informix database. If not, Informix converts the owner name in upper case characters.
• N — Specifies that table names are not prefixed by an owner name in single quotes.
ResultSELECT Alias.col (<Alias> is a local Alias)
FROM 'Owner'.table.col Alias
SORT_BY_NOSort_By_No=YES | NO
Specifies if users are authorized to sort columns that are not included in the SELECT statement.Values• YES — Specifies that users are not authorized to sort columns if they are not
included in the SELECT statement. When the parameter is set to YES, the Manage Sorts button is unavailable in the Query Panel.
NO — Specifies that you are authorized to sort columns even if they are not included in the SELECT statement.
Syntax QUOTE_OWNER=value
Default value Y
Syntax SORT_BY_NO=value
Default value YES
Data Access Guide 265
Informix
STGStg=filename
Specifies the name of the external strategy file.Values• informixen — This is the default Business Objects external strategy file.• filename — If you replace or rename the default Business Objects external
strategy file, make sure the name of the file appears here. Do not include the file extension.
UNIONUnion=UNION|
Specifies if the database supports the UNION set operator.
Values• UNION — The database supports the UNION set operator.• no value — The database does not support the UNION set operator. If you
choose this value, two queries are generated.
UNION_IN_SUBQUERYUnion_in_Subquery=UNION|
Specifies if the database supports the UNION set operator within a subquery.
Values• UNION — The database supports the UNION set operator within a subquery.• no value — The database does not support the UNION set operator within a
subquery. If you choose this value, two queries are generated.
Syntax STG=value
Default value informixen
Syntax UNION=value
Default value UNION
Syntax UNION_IN_SUBQUERY=value
Default value
266 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
USER_INPUT_DATE_FORMATUser_Input_Date_Format=\d ‘yyy-mm-dd’|’DD-MM-YYYY HH:MM:SS’|’YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS’|’yyyy-mm-dd HH:mm:ss’|’mm/dd/yyyy hh:m:s am/pm’|’yyyy-mm-dd’ | 'MM/DD/YYYY'
NOTEThis is a WebIntelligence-only parameter. Only modify the User_Input_Date_Format in the driver.prm XML file.
Specifies the default date and hour formats input by users in WebIntelligence. If this value is not the same as the InputDateFormat parameter in the driver.sbo file, the values indicated in this parameter overwrite the values in the InputDateFormat parameter for WebIntelligence.
USER_INPUT_NUMERIC_SEPARATORUser_Input_Numeric_Separator= , | .|
NOTEThis is a WebIntelligence-only parameter. Only modify the User_Input_Numeric_Separator in the driver.prm XML file.
Specifies the character used to indicate a separator in a numeric value.
Values• , — Numbers are separated with a comma (,)• . — Numbers are separated with a period (.)
Result with , value100,00 is One hundred
Result with . value100.00 is One hundred
Syntax USER_INPUT_DATE_FORMAT=value
Default value 'MM/DD/YYYY'
Syntax User_Input_Numeric_Separator=value
Default value
Data Access Guide 267
Microsoft SQL Server
Microsoft SQL ServerThe following parameters are included by default in the sqlsrven.prm file.
NOTEIf you have WebIntelligence, you must modify both driver.prm files every time you make a change to one file.
BACK_QUOTE_SUPPORTEDBack_Quote_Supported=Y | N
Specifies enclosing table or column names containing spaces or special characters with backquotes ( ` ). Values
• Y — Encloses table and column names with backquotes.• N — Backquotes are not included around table and column names.
ResultTable name=`My Table`
CHECK_OWNER_STATECheck_Owner_State=Y | N
Specifies database support of table classification by owner name.
Values• Y — Checks if the database supports table classification by owner name.• N — Does not check if the database supports table classification by owner
name.
CHECK_QUALIFIER_STATECheck_Qualifier_State=Y | N
Syntax BACK_QUOTE_SUPPORTED=value
Default value Y
Syntax CHECK_OWNER_STATE=value
Default value N
268 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
Specifies database support of table classification by qualifier.
Values• Y — Checks if the database supports table classification by qualifier.• N — Does not check if the database supports table classification by qualifier.
COMMAComma=|| ‘ ‘|| | +’ ‘+
Specifies the database concatenation operator used to replace a comma for objects that have the following syntax:Tab.Col1, Tab.Col2
Values• ||' '|| — Replaces commas with || ‘ ‘||• +' '+ — Replaces commas with +’ ‘+
ResultTab.Col1+' '+Tab.Col2
Syntax CHECK_QUALIFIER_STATE=value
Default value N
Syntax COMMA=value
Default value +' +
Data Access Guide 269
Microsoft SQL Server
CONCATConcat=|| | +
Specifies the concatenation operator.
Values:• ||• +
EXT_JOINExt_Join=YES | NO
Specifies support of outer joins.
Values• YES — Specifies that the database supports outer joins.• NO — Specifies that the database does not support outer joins. The Outer join
check boxes in the Edit Join dialog box of Designer are not available.
GROUPBYCOLGroupByCol=YES|NO
Specifies whether a GROUP BY clause accepts integers for column names.
Values• YES — Specifies that a GROUP BY clause followed by an integer is
supported by the database.• NO — Specifies that a GROUP BY clause followed by an integer is not
supported by the database.
Syntax CONCAT=value
Default value +
Syntax EXT_JOIN=value
Default value YES
Syntax GROUPBYCOL=value
Default value NO
270 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
INTERSECTIntersect=INTERSECT |
Specifies if the database supports the INTERSECT set operator.
Values• INTERSECT — The database supports the INTERSECT set operator.• no value — The database does not support the INTERSECT set operator. If
you choose this value, two queries are generated.
INTERSECT_IN_SUBQUERYIntersect_in_Subquery=INTERSECT |
Specifies if the database supports the INTERSECT set operator in a subquery.
Values• INTERSECT — The database supports the INTERSECT set operator within
a subquery.• no value — The database does not support the INTERSECT set operator
within a subquery. If you choose this value, two queries are generated.
KEY_INFO_SUPPORTEDKEY_INFO_SUPPORTED=Y | N
Specifies if you can retrieve primary and secondary key definitions from the database account.
Values• Y — Specifies that the database lets you retrieve primary and secondary key
definitions from the database account. This parameter enables Designer to
Syntax INTERSECT=value
Default value
Syntax INTERSECT_IN_SUBQUERY=value
Default value
Syntax KEY_INFO_SUPPORTED=value
Default value Y
Data Access Guide 271
Microsoft SQL Server
display the keys in the Structure window.• N — Specifies that the database does not let you retrieve primary and
secondary key definitions from the database account.
LEFT_OUTERLeft_Outer=$(+) | $*
Specifies the left outer join syntax.
Values• $* This syntax is used with Sybase, MS SQL Server and Red Brick. • $(+) represents a join expression.
MINUSMINUS=MINUS | EXCEPT |
Specifies if the database supports the MINUS set operator.
Values• MINUS — Specifies that the database supports the MINUS set operator.• EXCEPT — Specifies that the database supports the MINUS set operator. • no value — Specifies that the database does not support the MINUS set
operator. If you choose this value, two queries are generated.
MINUS_IN_SUBQUERYMINUS_IN_SUBQUERY=MINUS | EXCEPT |
Specifies if the database supports the MINUS set operator within a subquery.
Values• MINUS — Specifies that the database supports the MINUS set operator
Syntax LEFT_OUTER=value
Default value $*
Syntax MINUS=value
Default value
Syntax MINUS_IN_SUBQUERY=value
Default value
272 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
within a subquery.• EXCEPT — Specifies that the database supports the MINUS set operator
within a subquery. • no value — Specifies that the database does not support the MINUS set
operator within a subquery. If you choose this value, two queries are generated.
OWNEROwner=Y|N
Specifies if the database authorizes prefixing tables with the owner name (for example, user name).
Values• Y — Specifies that the database does support prefixing tables by the owner
name. • N — Specifies that the database does not support prefixing tables by the
owner name.
OUTERJOINS_GENERATIONOuterjoins_Generation=USUAL | FULL_ODBC | NO
Specifies the SQL syntax for outer joins.
Values• USUAL — Outer joins are supported. This is a generic, non-RDBMS-specific
value.• FULL_ODBC — Outer joins are supported. This is an ODBC-specific value.• NO — Outer joins are not supported.
ResultFROM T1, T2
WHERE T1.col1(+) = T2.col2
Syntax OWNER=value
Default value Y
Syntax OUTERJOINS_GENERATION=value
Default value USUAL
Data Access Guide 273
Microsoft SQL Server
QUALIFIERQualifier=Y | N
Specifies whether the database authorizes prefixing tables with the qualifier name, for example, the database name.
Values• Y — Specifies that the database does support prefixing tables by the qualifier
name. • N — Specifies that the database does not support prefixing tables by the
qualifier name.
REFRESH_COLUMNS_TYPERefresh_Columns_Type=O | Q | T
Indicates how columns are refreshed.
Values• O — Columns are refreshed by owner name. • Q — Columns are refreshed by qualifier name.• T — Columns are refreshed by table name.
RIGHT_OUTERRight_Outer=$(+) | *$
Specifies the right outer join syntax.
Values• *$ — This syntax is used with Microsoft SQL Server.• $ — This represents a join expression.
Syntax QUALIFIER=value
Default value Y
Syntax REFRESH_COLUMNS_TYPE=value
Default value Q
Syntax RIGHT_OUTER=value
Default value *$
274 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
SORT_BY_NOSort_By_No=YES | NO
Specifies if users are authorized to sort columns that are not included in the SELECT statement.Values• YES — Specifies that users are not authorized to sort columns if they are not
included in the SELECT statement. When the parameter is set to YES, the Manage Sorts button is unavailable in the Query Panel.
• NO — Specifies that you are authorized to sort columns even if they are not included in the SELECT statement.
STGStg=filename
Specifies the name of the external strategy file.Values• sqlsrven — This is the default Business Objects external strategy file.• filename — If you replace or rename the default Business Objects external
strategy file, make sure the name of the file appears here. Do not include the file extension.
TABLE_DELIMITERTABLE_DELIMITER=” | ‘
Specifies that table or column names that contain spaces or special characters are enclosed within quotation marks if the parameter Back_Quote_Supported is activated.
Syntax SORT_BY_NO=value
Default value NO
Syntax STG=value
Default value sqlsrven
Syntax TABLE_DELIMITER=value
Default value “
Data Access Guide 275
Microsoft SQL Server
Values • “ — Table or column names that contain spaces or special characters are
enclosed in double quotation marks.• ‘ — Table or column names that contain spaces or special characters are
enclosed in single quotation marks. This value can be used only with Microsoft Access.
To use this parameter the BACK_QUOTE_SUPPORTED parameter must be set to BACK_QUOTE_SUPPORTED=Y.
Result Table name=“My Table”
UNIONUnion=UNION|
Specifies if the database supports the UNION set operator.
Values• UNION — The database supports the UNION set operator.• no value — The database does not support the UNION set operator. If you
choose this value, two queries are generated.
UNION_iN_SUBQUERYUnion_in_Subquery=UNION|
Specifies if the database supports the UNION set operator within a subquery.
Values• UNION — The database supports the UNION set operator within a subquery.• no value — The database does not support the UNION set operator within a
subquery. If you choose this value, two queries are generated.
USER_INPUT_DATE_FORMATUser_Input_Date_Format=\d ‘yyy-mm-dd’|’DD-MM-YYYY
Syntax UNION=value
Default value UNION
Syntax UNION_IN_SUBQUERY=value
Default value UNION
276 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
HH:MM:SS’|’YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS’|’yyyy-mm-dd HH:mm:ss’|’mm/dd/yyyy hh:m:s am/pm’|’yyyy-mm-dd’
NOTEThis is a WebIntelligence-only parameter. Only modify the User_Input_Date_Format in the driver.prm XML file.
Specifies the default date and hour formats input by users in WebIntelligence.If this value is not the same as the InputDateFormat parameter in the driver.sbo file, the values indicated in this parameter overwrite the values in the InputDateFormat parameter for WebIntelligence.
Values• 'yyyy-mm-dd HH:mm:ss' — This is the default date and hour formats for
Microsoft SQL Server.• {\d 'yyyy-mm-dd'} — This is an ODBC date format.• Other RDBMS-specific date and time formats.
USER_INPUT_NUMERIC_SEPARATORUser_Input_Numeric_Separator= , | .|
NOTEThis is a WebIntelligence-only parameter. Only modify the User_Input_Numeric_Separator in the driver.prm XML file.
Specifies the character used to indicate a separator in a numeric value.
Values• , — Numbers are separated with a comma (,)
. — Numbers are separated with a period (.)Result with , value100,00 is One hundred
Syntax User_Input_Date_Format=value
Default value 'yyyy-mm-dd HH:mm:ss'
Syntax User_Input_Numeric_Separator=value
Default value
Data Access Guide 277
Microsoft SQL Server
Result with . value100.00 is One hundred
278 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
OracleThe following parameters are included by default in the oracleen.prm file.
NOTEIf you have WebIntelligence, you must modify both driver.prm files every time you make a change to one file.
BACK_QUOTE_SUPPORTEDBack_Quote_Supported=Y | N
Specifies enclosing table or column names containing spaces or special characters with backquotes ( ` ). Values
• Y — Encloses table and column names with backquotes.• N — Backquotes are not included around table and column names.
ResultTable name=`My Table`
CASE_SENSITIVECase_Sensitive=Y | N
Specifies if the database is case sensitive.
Values• Y — Specifies that the database is case sensitive.• N — Specifies that the database is not case sensitive.
CHECK_OWNER_STATECheck_Owner_State=Y | N
Syntax BACK_QUOTE_SUPPORTED=value
Default value Y
Syntax CASE_SENSITIVE=value
Default value N
Data Access Guide 279
Oracle
Specifies database support of table classification by owner name.
Values• Y — Checks if the database supports table classification by owner name.• N — Does not check if the database supports table classification by owner
name.
CHECK_QUALIFIER_STATECheck_Qualifier_State=Y | N
Specifies database support of table classification by qualifier.
Values• Y — Checks if the database supports table classification by qualifier.• N — Does not check if the database supports table classification by qualifier.
COMMAComma=|| ‘ ‘|| | +’ ‘+|
Specifies the database concatenation operator used to replace a comma for objects that have the following syntax:Tab.Col1, Tab.Col2
Values• ||' '|| — Replaces commas with || ‘ ‘||• +' '+ — Replaces commas with +’ ‘+
ResultTab.Col1||' '||Tab.Col2
Syntax CHECK_OWNER_STATE=value
Default value N
Syntax CHECK_QUALIFIER_STATE=value
Default value N
Syntax COMMA=value
Default value ||' '||
280 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
CONCATConcat=|| | +
Specifies the concatenation operator.
Values:• ||• +
EXT_JOINExt_Join=YES | NO
Specifies support of outer joins.
Values• YES — Specifies that the database supports outer joins.• NO — Specifies that the database does not support outer joins. The Outer join
check boxes in the Edit Join dialog box of Designer are not available.
EXT_JOIN_INVERTExt_Join_Invert=YES|NO
Specifies how to display an outer join symbol in a join expression.Values• YES — When you click an Outer join check box in the Edit Join dialog box of
Designer, the outer join symbol appears reversed in position in a join expression.
• NO — When you click an Outer join check box in the Edit Join dialog box of Designer, the outer join symbol appears on the same side on which you created the outer join.
Syntax CONCAT=value
Default value ||
Syntax EXT_JOIN=value
Default value YES
Syntax EXT_JOIN_INVERT=value
Default value YES
Data Access Guide 281
Oracle
EXTERN_SORT_EXCLUDE_DISTINCTExtern_Sort_Exclude_Distinct=Y | N
Specifies the generation of a SELECT DISTINCT when a query contains an ORDER BY.
Values• Y — Specifies that a SELECT DISTINCT is not generated as the query
contains an ORDER BY.• N — Specifies that a DISTINCT is generated even though the query contains
an ORDER BY.
GROUPBYCOLGroupByCol=YES|NO
Specifies whether a GROUP BY clause accepts integers for column names.
Values• YES — Specifies that a GROUP BY clause followed by an integer is
supported by the database.• NO — Specifies that a GROUP BY clause followed by an integer is not
supported by the database.
INTERSECTIntersect=INTERSECT |
Specifies if the database supports the INTERSECT set operator.
Syntax EXTERN_SORT_EXCLUDE_DISTINCT=value
Default value Y
Syntax GROUPBYCOL=value
Default value NO
Syntax INTERSECT=value
Default value INTERSECT
282 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
Values• INTERSECT — The database supports the INTERSECT set operator.• no value — The database does not support the INTERSECT set operator. If
you choose this value, two queries are generated.
INTERSECT_IN_SUBQUERYIntersect_in_Subquery=INTERSECT |
Specifies if the database supports the INTERSECT set operator within a subquery.
Values• INTERSECT — The database supports the INTERSECT set operator within
a subquery.• no value — The database does not support the INTERSECT set operator
within a subquery. If you choose this value, two queries are generated.
KEY_INFO_SUPPORTEDKEY_INFO_SUPPORTED=Y | N
Specifies if you can retrieve primary and secondary key definitions from the database account.
Values• Y — Specifies that the database lets you retrieve primary and secondary key
definitions from the database account. This parameter enables Designer to display the keys in the Structure window.
• N — Specifies that the database does not let you retrieve primary and secondary key definitions from the database account.
Syntax INTERSECT_IN_SUBQUERY=value
Default value INTERSECT
Syntax KEY_INFO_SUPPORTED=value
Default value Y
Data Access Guide 283
Oracle
LEFT_OUTERLeft_Outer=$(+) | $*
Specifies the left outer join syntax.
Values• $* This syntax is used with Sybase, MS SQL Server and Red Brick. • $ represents a join expression.• $(+)
MINUSMINUS=MINUS |
Specifies if the database supports the MINUS set operator.
Values• MINUS — Specifies that the database supports the MINUS set operator.• no value — Specifies that the database does not support the MINUS set
operator. If you choose this value, two queries are generated.
MINUS_IN_SUBQUERYMINUS_IN_SUBQUERY=MINUS |
Specifies if the database supports the MINUS set operator within a subquery.
Values• MINUS — Specifies that the database supports the MINUS set operator
within a subquery.• no value — Specifies that the database does not support the MINUS set
operator within a subquery. If you choose this value, two queries are generated.
Syntax LEFT_OUTER=value
Default value $(+)
Syntax MINUS=value
Default value MINUS
Syntax MINUS_IN_SUBQUERY=value
Default value MINUS
284 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
OUTERJOINS_GENERATIONOuterjoins_Generation=USUAL | NO
Specifies the SQL syntax for outer joins.
Values• USUAL — Outer joins are supported. This is a generic, non-RDBMS-specific
value.• NO — Outer joins are not supported.
ResultFROM T1, T2
WHERE T1.col1(+) = T2.col2
OWNEROwner=Y | N
Specifies if the database authorizes prefixing tables with the owner name (for example, user name).
Values• Y — Specifies that the database does support prefixing tables by the owner
name. • N — Specifies that the database does not support prefixing tables by the
owner name.
REVERSE_TABLE_WEIGHTReverse_Table_Weight=Y | N
Specifies in which order tables should be generated.
Syntax OUTERJOINS_GENERATION=value
Default value USUAL
Syntax OWNER=value
Default value Y
Syntax REVERSE_TABLE_WEIGHT=value
Default value Y
Data Access Guide 285
Oracle
Values• Y — Specifies that tables are generated from the smallest to the largest. • N — Specifies that tables are generated from the largest to the smallest.• If the parameter has no value, tables are generated from the largest to the
smallest.
SORT_BY_NOSort_By_No=YES | NO
Specifies if users are authorized to sort columns that are not included in the SELECT statement.Values• YES — Specifies that users are not authorized to sort columns if they are not
included in the SELECT statement. When the parameter is set to YES, the Manage Sorts button is unavailable in the Query Panel.
• NO — Specifies that you are authorized to sort columns even if they are not included in the SELECT statement.
STGStg=filename
Specifies the name of the external strategy file.Values• oracleen — This is the default Business Objects external strategy file.• filename — If you replace or rename the default Business Objects external
strategy file, make sure the name of the file appears here. Do not include the file extension.
TABLE_DELIMITERTABLE_DELIMITER=” | ‘
Syntax SORT_BY_NO=value
Default value NO
Syntax STG=value
Default value oracleen
286 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
Specifies that table or column names that contain spaces or special characters are enclosed within quotation marks if the parameter Back_Quote_Supported is activated.
Values • “ — Table or column names that contain spaces or special characters are
enclosed in double quotation marks.• ‘ — Table or column names that contain spaces or special characters are
enclosed in single quotation marks. This value can be used only with Microsoft Access.
To use this parameter the BACK_QUOTE_SUPPORTED parameter must be set to BACK_QUOTE_SUPPORTED=Y.
Result Table name=“My Table”
UNIONUnion=UNION|
Specifies if the database supports the UNION set operator.
Values• UNION — The database supports the UNION set operator.• no value — The database does not support the UNION set operator. If you
choose this value, two queries are generated.
UNION_IN_SUBQUERYUnion_in_Subquery=UNION|
Specifies if the database supports the UNION set operator within a subquery.
Syntax TABLE_DELIMITER=value
Default value “
Syntax UNION=value
Default value UNION
Syntax UNION_IN_SUBQUERY=value
Default value UNION
Data Access Guide 287
Oracle
Values• UNION — The database supports the UNION set operator within a subquery.• no value — The database does not support the UNION set operator within a
subquery. If you choose this value, two queries are generated.
USER_INPUT_DATE_FORMATUser_Input_Date_Format=\d ‘yyy-mm-dd’|’DD-MM-YYYY HH:MM:SS’|’YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS’|’yyyy-mm-dd HH:mm:ss’|’mm/dd/yyyy hh:m:s am/pm’|’yyyy-mm-dd’
NOTEThis is a WebIntelligence-only parameter. Only modify the User_Input_Date_Format in the driver.prm XML file.
Specifies the default date and hour formats input by users in WebIntelligence.If this value is not the same as the InputDateFormat parameter in the driver.sbo file, the values indicated in this parameter overwrite the values in the InputDateFormat parameter for WebIntelligence.
Values• 'DD-MM-YYYY HH:MM:SS' — This is the default date and hour formats with
Oracle.• Other RDBMS-specific date and time formats.
USER_INPUT_NUMERIC_SEPARATORUser_Input_Numeric_Separator= , | .|
NOTEThis is a WebIntelligence-only parameter. Only modify the User_Input_Numeric_Separator in the driver.prm XML file.
Syntax User_Input_Date_Format=value
Default value 'DD-MM-YYYY HH:MM:SS'
Syntax User_Input_Numeric_Separator=value
Default value
288 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
Specifies the character used to indicate a separator in a numeric value.
Values• , — Numbers are separated with a comma (,)• . — Numbers are separated with a period (.)
Result with , value100,00 is One hundred
Result with . value100.00 is One hundred
Data Access Guide 289
Red Brick
Red BrickThe following parameters are included by default in the redbricken.prm file.
NOTEIf you have WebIntelligence, you must modify both driver.prm files every time you make a change to one file
CHECK_OWNER_STATECheck_Owner_State=Y | N
Specifies database support of table classification by owner name.
ValuesY — Checks if the database supports table classification by owner name.
CHECK_QUALIFIER_STATECheck_Qualifier_State=Y | N
Specifies database support of table classification by qualifier.
Values• Y — Checks if the database supports table classification by qualifier.• N — Does not check if the database supports table classification by qualifier.
COMBINE_WITHOUT_PARENTHESISCOMBINE_WITHOUT_PARENTHESIS=Y | N
Specifies whether or not to encapsulate a query with parentheses when it contains UNION, INTERSECT or MINUS operators.
Syntax CHECK_OWNER_STATE=value
Default value N
Syntax CHECK_QUALIFIER_STATE=value
Default value N
290 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
Values• Y - Removes the parentheses. This is the default value.• N - Leaves the parentheses.
COMMAComma=|| ‘ ‘|| | +’ ‘+
Specifies the database concatenation operator used to replace a comma for objects that have the following syntax:Tab.Col1, Tab.Col2
Values• ||' '|| — Replaces commas with || ‘ ‘||• +' '+ — Replaces commas with +’ ‘+
ResultTab.Col1+' '+Tab.Col2
Syntax COMMA=value
Default value +' '+
Data Access Guide 291
Red Brick
CONCATConcat=|| | +
Specifies the concatenation operator.
Values:• ||
EXT_JOINExt_Join=YES | NO
Specifies support of outer joins.
Values• YES — Specifies that the database supports outer joins.• NO — Specifies that the database does not support outer joins. The Outer join
check boxes in the Edit Join dialog box of Designer are not available.
GROUPBY_WITH_ALIASGROUPBY_WITH_ALIAS= Y | N
Specifies whether the database can create a GROUP BY clause in the SELECT statement.
Values• Y — Allows you to create a GROUP BY clause in the SELECT statement.
This is possible using an internal alias which references a concatenated T1.col+T2.col+...+Tn.col statement.
• N — Does not let you to create a GROUP BY clause in the SELECT statement.
Syntax CONCAT=value
Default value +
Syntax EXT_JOIN=value
Default value YES
Syntax GROUP_BY_ALIAS=value
Default value Y
292 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
GROUPBYCOLGroupByCol=YES|NO
Specifies whether a GROUP BY clause accepts integers for column names.
Values• YES — Specifies that a GROUP BY clause followed by an integer is
supported by the database.• NO — Specifies that a GROUP BY clause followed by an integer is not
supported by the database.
INTERSECTIntersect=INTERSECT |
Specifies if the database supports the INTERSECT set operator.
Values• INTERSECT — The database supports the INTERSECT set operator.• no value — The database does not support the INTERSECT set operator. If
you choose this value, two queries are generated.
KEY_INFO_SUPPORTEDKEY_INFO_SUPPORTED=Y | N
Specifies if you can retrieve primary and secondary key definitions from the database account.
Values• Y — Specifies that the database lets you retrieve primary and secondary key
definitions from the database account. This parameter enables Designer to
Syntax GROUPBYCOL=value
Default value NO
Syntax INTERSECT=value
Default value INTERSECT
Syntax KEY_INFO_SUPPORTED=value
Default value Y
Data Access Guide 293
Red Brick
display the keys in the Structure window.• N — Specifies that the database does not let you retrieve primary and
secondary key definitions from the database account.
LEFT_OUTERLeft_Outer=$(+) | $*
Specifies the left outer join syntax.
Values• $* This syntax is used with Red Brick, Oracle, and MS SQL Server. • $(+) represents a join expression.
MINUSMINUS=EXCEPT
Specifies if the database supports the MINUS set operator.
Values• EXCEPT— Specifies that the database supports the MINUS set operator.• no value — Specifies that the database does not support the MINUS set
operator. If you choose this value, two queries are generated.
OLAP_CLAUSEOLAP_CLAUSE=WHEN
Specifies whether Business Objects products generate a WHEN clause if a function listed in the RISQL_Functions parameter is used in a condition.
Value• WHEN —Generates a WHEN clause if a function listed in the
RISQL_Functions parameter is used in a condition. This parameter must be used with the GROUPBY clause.
Syntax LEFT_OUTER=value
Default value $*
Syntax MINUS=value
Default value EXCEPT
294 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
OUTERJOINS_GENERATIONOuterjoins_Generation= AINSI_92 | USUAL | NO
Specifies the SQL syntax for outer joins.
Values• AINSI_92— Generates the AINSI 92 syntax. This value generates an outer
join in the FROM clause, whereas other values generate the outer join in the WHERE clause. Also, when you modify this setting, you can check that your outer join is set up correctly by editing the join and verifying that the expression is correctly phrased and that the cardinalities are correct.
• USUAL — Outer joins are supported. This is a generic, non-RDBMS-specific value. This is the default value for Red Brick.
• NO — Outer joins are not supported.
OWNEROwner=Y|N
Specifies if the database authorizes prefixing tables with the owner name (for example, user name).
Values• Y — Specifies that the database does support prefixing tables by the owner
name. • N — Specifies that the database does not support prefixing tables by the
owner name.
PREFIX_SYS_TABLEPREFIX_SYS_TABLE= RBW_
Syntax OUTERJOINS_GENERATION=value
Default value USUAL
Syntax OWNER=value
Default value N
Syntax PREFIX_SYS_TABLE=value
Default value RBW_
Data Access Guide 295
Red Brick
Specifies if the system tables are displayed in Designer.
Values• RBW_— Specifies that the Red Brick system tables are hidden in the
Designer table browser.• no value— Specifies that the database system tables are displayed in the
Designer table browser.
QUALIFIERQualifier=Y | N
Specifies whether the database authorizes prefixing tables with the qualifier name, for example, the database name.
Values• Y — Specifies that the database does support prefixing tables by the qualifier
name. • N — Specifies that the database does not support prefixing tables by the
qualifier name.
REFRESH_COLUMNS_TYPEREFRESH_COLUMNS_TYPE= O | Q | T
Indicates how columns are refreshed.
Values• O — Columns are refreshed by owner name. This is the default value with
Oracle.• Q — Columns are refreshed by qualifier name. This is the default value with
Red Brick, Sybase, MS SQL Server and MS Access.• T — Columns are refreshed by table name. This is the default value with
dBase.Columns are refreshed by table name. This is the default value with dBase.
Syntax QUALIFIER=value
Default value N
Syntax REFRESH_COLUMNS_TYPE=value
Default value Q
296 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
RIGHT_OUTERRight_Outer=*$
Specifies the right outer join syntax.
Values*$ — This represents a join expression. CUME,MOVINGAVG,MOVINGSUM,RANK,RATIOTOREPORT,TERTILE This is the default list of functions for Red Brick.
RISQL_FUNCTIONSRISQL_FUNCTION=CUME,MOVINGAVG,MOVINGSUM,RANK,RATIOTOREPORT,TERTILE,NTILE
Lists the RISQL functions supported by the database.
ValuesCUME,MOVINGAVG,MOVINGSUM,RANK,RATIOTOREPORT,TERTILE,NTILE
SORT_BY_NOSort_By_No=YES | NO
Specifies if users are authorized to sort columns that are not included in the SELECT statement.Values• YES — Specifies that users are not authorized to sort columns if they are not
included in the SELECT statement. When the parameter is set to YES, the Manage Sorts button is unavailable in the Query Panel.
• NO — Specifies that you are authorized to sort columns even if they are not included in the SELECT statement.
Syntax RIGHT_OUTER=value
Default value *$
Syntax SORT_BY_NO=value
Default value NO
Data Access Guide 297
Red Brick
STGSTG=filename
Specifies the name of the external strategy file.Values• redbricken — This is the default Business Objects external strategy file.• filename — If you replace or rename the default Business Objects external
strategy file, make sure the name of the file appears here. Do not include the file extension.
UNIONUnion=UNION|
Specifies if the database supports the UNION set operator.
Values• UNION — The database supports the UNION set operator.• no value — The database does not support the
USER_INPUT_DATE_FORMATUser_Input_Date_Format=\d ‘yyy-mm-dd’|’DD-MM-YYYY HH:MM:SS’|’YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS’|’yyyy-mm-dd HH:mm:ss’|’mm/dd/yyyy hh:m:s am/pm’|’yyyy-mm-dd’
NOTEThis is a WebIntelligence-only parameter. Only modify the User_Input_Date_Format in the driver.prm XML file.
Specifies the default date and hour formats input by users in WebIntelligence.
Syntax STG=value
Default value redbricken
Syntax UNION=value
Default value UNION
Syntax User_Input_Date_Format=value
Default value \d 'yyyy-mm-dd'
298 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
If this value is not the same as the InputDateFormat parameter in the driver.sbo file, the values indicated in this parameter overwrite the values in the InputDateFormat parameter for WebIntelligence.
USER_INPUT_NUMERIC_SEPERATORUser_Input_Numeric_Separator= , | .|
NOTEThis is a WebIntelligence-only parameter. Only modify the User_Input_Numeric_Separator in the driver.prm XML file.
Specifies the character used to indicate a separator in a numeric value.
Values• , — Numbers are separated with a comma (,)• . — Numbers are separated with a period (.)Result with , value 100,00 is One hundred
Result with . value 100.00 is One hundred
Syntax User_Input_Numeric_Separator=value
Default value .
Data Access Guide 299
Sybase
SybaseThe following parameters are included by default in the sybaseen.prm file.
NOTEIf you have WebIntelligence, you must modify both driver.prm files every time you make a change to one file.
CHECK_OWNER_STATECheck_Owner_State=Y | N
Specifies database support of table classification by owner name.
Values• Y — Checks if the database supports table classification by owner name.
CHECK_QUALIFIER_STATECheck_Qualifier_State=Y | N
Specifies database support of table classification by qualifier.
Values• Y — Checks if the database supports table classification by qualifier.• N — Does not check if the database supports table classification by qualifier.
COMMAComma=|| ‘ ‘|| | +’ ‘+
Syntax CHECK_OWNER_STATE=value
Default value N
Syntax CHECK_QUALIFIER_STATE=value
Default value N
300 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
Specifies the database concatenation operator used to replace a comma for objects that have the following syntax:Tab.Col1, Tab.Col2
Values• ||' '|| — Replaces commas with || ‘ ‘||• +' '+ — Replaces commas with +’ ‘+
ResultTab.Col1+' '+Tab.Col2
Syntax COMMA=value
Default value +' +
Data Access Guide 301
Sybase
CONCATConcat=|| | +
Specifies the concatenation operator.
Values:• ||
EXT_JOINExt_Join=YES | NO
Specifies support of outer joins.
Values• YES — Specifies that the database supports outer joins.NO — Specifies that the database does not support outer joins. The Outer join check boxes in the Edit Join dialog box of Designer are not available.
EXT_JOIN_INVERTExt_Join_Invert=YES|NO
Specifies how to display an outer join symbol in a join expression.Values• YES — When you click an Outer join check box in the Edit Join dialog box of
Designer, the outer join symbol appears reversed in position in a join expression.
• NO — When you click an Outer join check box in the Edit Join dialog box of Designer, the outer join symbol appears on the same side on which you created the outer join.
Syntax CONCAT=value
Default value +
Syntax EXT_JOIN=value
Default value YES
Syntax EXT_JOIN_INVERT=value
Default value YES
302 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
GROUPBYCOLGroupByCol=YES|NO
Specifies whether a GROUP BY clause accepts integers for column names.
Values• YES — Specifies that a GROUP BY clause followed by an integer is
supported by the database.NO — Specifies that a GROUP BY clause followed by an integer is not supported by the database.
INTERSECT_IN_SUBQUERYIntersect_in_Subquery=INTERSECT |
Specifies if the database supports the INTERSECT set operator within a subquery.
Values• INTERSECT — The database supports the INTERSECT set operator within
a subquery.no value — The database does not support the INTERSECT set operator within a subquery. If you choose this value, two queries are generated.
INTERSECTIntersect=INTERSECT |
Specifies if the database supports the INTERSECT set operator.
Syntax GROUPBYCOL=value
Default value NO
Syntax INTERSECT_IN_SUBQUERY=value
Default value INTERSECT
Syntax INTERSECT=value
Default value INTERSECT
Data Access Guide 303
Sybase
Values• INTERSECT — The database supports the INTERSECT set operator.• no value — The database does not support the INTERSECT set operator. If
you choose this value, two queries are generated.
KEY_INFO_SUPPORTEDKEY_INFO_SUPPORTED=Y | N
Specifies if you can retrieve primary and secondary key definitions from the database account.
Values• Y — Specifies that the database lets you retrieve primary and secondary key
definitions from the database account. This parameter enables Designer to display the keys in the Structure window.
• N — Specifies that the database does not let you retrieve primary and secondary key definitions from the database account.
LEFT_OUTERLeft_Outer=$(+) | $*
Specifies the left outer join syntax.
Values• $* This syntax is used with oracle, MS SQL Server and Red Brick. • $(+) represents a join expression.
MINUS_IN_SUBQUERYMINUS_IN_SUBQUERY=MINUS | EXCEPT |
Specifies if the database supports the MINUS set operator within a subquery.
Syntax KEY_INFO_SUPPORTED=value
Default value Y
Syntax LEFT_OUTER=value
Default value $*
Syntax MINUS_IN_SUBQUERY=value
Default value
304 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
Values• MINUS — Specifies that the database supports the MINUS set operator
within a subquery.• EXCEPT — Specifies that the database supports the MINUS set operator
within a subquery. • no value — Specifies that the database does not support the MINUS set
operator within a subquery. If you choose this value, two queries are generated.
MINUSMINUS=MINUS |
Specifies if the database supports the MINUS set operator.
Values• MINUS — Specifies that the database supports the MINUS set operator.no value — Specifies that the database does not support the MINUS set operator. If you choose this value, two queries are generated.
OUTERJOINS_GENERATIONOuterjoins_Generation= AINSI_92 | USUAL | NO
Specifies the SQL syntax for outer joins.
Values• AINSI_92— Generates the AINSI 92 syntax. This value generates an outer
join in the FROM clause, whereas other values generate the outer join in the WHERE clause. Also, when you modify this setting, you can check that your outer join is set up correctly by editing the join and verifying that the expression is correctly phrased and that the cardinalities are correct.
• OuterJoins_Generation default value = AINSI_92.• USUAL — Outer joins are supported. This is a generic, non-RDBMS-specific
Syntax MINUS=value
Default value MINUS
Syntax OUTERJOINS_GENERATION=value
Default value ANSI_92
Data Access Guide 305
Sybase
value. This is the default value for Sybase 11.• NO — Outer joins are not supported.
ResultFROM T1, T2
WHERE T1.col1(+) = T2.col2
OWNEROwner=Y|N
Specifies if the database authorizes prefixing tables with the owner name (for example, user name).
Values• Y — Specifies that the database does support prefixing tables by the owner
name. • N — Specifies that the database does not support prefixing tables by the
owner name.
QUALIFIERQualifier=Y | N
Specifies whether the database authorizes prefixing tables with the qualifier name, for example, the database name.
Values• Y — Specifies that the database does support prefixing tables by the qualifier
name. • N — Specifies that the database does not support prefixing tables by the
qualifier name.
REFRESH_COLUMNS_TYPERefresh_Columns_Type=O | Q | T
Syntax OWNER=value
Default value Y
Syntax QUALIFIER=value
Default value Y
306 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
Indicates how columns are refreshed.
Values• O — Columns are refreshed by owner name. • Q — Columns are refreshed by qualifier name.• T — Columns are refreshed by table name.
RIGHT_OUTERRight_Outer=$(+)
Specifies the right outer join syntax.
Values• $ — This represents a join expression.
SORT_BY_NOSort_By_No=YES | NO
Specifies if users are authorized to sort columns that are not included in the SELECT statement.Values• YES — Specifies that users are not authorized to sort columns if they are not
included in the SELECT statement. When the parameter is set to YES, the Manage Sorts button is unavailable in the Query Panel.
• NO — Specifies that you are authorized to sort columns even if they are not included in the SELECT statement.
Syntax REFRESH_COLUMNS_TYPE=value
Default value Q
Syntax RIGHT_OUTER=value
Default value
Syntax SORT_BY_NO=value
Default value NO
Data Access Guide 307
Sybase
STGSTG=filename
Specifies the name of the external strategy file.Values• sqlsrven — This is the default Business Objects external strategy file.• filename — If you replace or rename the default Business Objects external
strategy file, make sure the name of the file appears here. Do not include the file extension.
UNION_IN_SUBQUERYUnion_in_Subquery=UNION|
Specifies if the database supports the UNION set operator within a subquery.
Values• UNION — The database supports the UNION set operator within a subquery.• no value — The database does not support the UNION set operator within a
subquery. If you choose this value, two queries are generated.
UNIONUnion=UNION|
Specifies if the database supports the UNION set operator.
Values• UNION — The database supports the UNION set operator.• no value — The database does not support the UNION set operator. If you
choose this value, two queries are generated.
Syntax STG=value
Default value sqlsrven
Syntax UNION_IN_SUBQUERY=value
Default value UNION
Syntax UNION=value
Default value UNION
308 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
USER_INPUT_DATE_FORMATUser_Input_Date_Format=\d ‘yyy-mm-dd’|’DD-MM-YYYY HH:MM:SS’|’YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS’|’yyyy-mm-dd HH:mm:ss’|’mm/dd/yyyy hh:m:s am/pm’|’yyyy-mm-dd’
NOTEThis is a WebIntelligence-only parameter. Only modify the User_Input_Date_Format in the driver.prm XML file.
Specifies the default date and hour formats input by users in WebIntelligence.If this value is not the same as the InputDateFormat parameter in the driver.sbo file, the values indicated in this parameter overwrite the values in the InputDateFormat parameter for WebIntelligence.
Values• 'DD-MM-YYYY HH:MM:SS' — This is the default date and hour formats with
oracle.• Other RDBMS-specific date and time formats.
USER_INPUT_NUMERIC_SEPERATORUser_Input_Numeric_Separator= , | .|
NOTE
This is a WebIntelligence-only parameter. Only modify the User_Input_Numeric_Separator in the driver.prm XML file.
Specifies the character used to indicate a separator in a numeric value.
Values• , — Numbers are separated with a comma (,)
Syntax User_Input_Date_Format=value
Default value 'DD-MM-YYYY HH:MM:SS'
Syntax User_Input_Numeric_Separator=value
Default value
Data Access Guide 309
Sybase
. — Numbers are separated with a period (.)Result with , value100,00 is One hundred
Result with . value100.00 is One hundred
310 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
TeradataThe following parameters are included by default in the teradataen.prm file.
NOTEIf you have WebIntelligence, you must modify both driver.prm files every time you make a change to one file.
BACK_QUOTE_SUPPORTEDBack_Quote_Supported=Y | N
Specifies enclosing table or column names containing spaces or special characters with backquotes ( ` ). Values
• Y — Encloses table and column names with backquotes.• N — Backquotes are not included around table and column names.
ResultTable name=`My Table`
COMBINE_WITHOUT_PARENTHESISCOMBINE_WITHOUT_PARENTHESIS=Y | N
Specifies whether or not to encapsulate a query with parentheses when it contains UNION, INTERSECT or MINUS operators.
Values• Y - Removes the parentheses. This is the default value.• N - Leaves the parentheses.
COMMAComma=|| ‘ ‘|| | +’ ‘+
Syntax BACK_QUOTE_SUPPORTED=value
Default value Y
Data Access Guide 311
Teradata
|
Specifies the database concatenation operator used to replace a comma for objects that have the following syntax:Tab.Col1, Tab.Col2
Values• ||' '|| — Replaces commas with || ‘ ‘||• +' '+ — Replaces commas with +’ ‘+
ResultTab.Col1||' '||Tab.Col2
CONCATConcat=|| | +
Specifies the concatenation operator.
Values:• ||• +
EXT_JOIN_INVERTExt_Join_Invert=YES|NO
Specifies how to display an outer join symbol in a join expression.Values• YES — When you click an Outer join check box in the Edit Join dialog box of
Designer, the outer join symbol appears reversed in position in a join expression.
• NO — When you click an Outer join check box in the Edit Join dialog box of Designer, the outer join symbol appears on the same side on which you
Syntax COMMA=value
Default value ||' '||
Syntax CONCAT=value
Default value ||
Syntax EXT_JOIN_INVERT=value
Default value YES
312 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
created the outer join.
EXT_JOINExt_Join=YES | NO
Specifies support of outer joins.
Values• YES — Specifies that the database supports outer joins.• NO — Specifies that the database does not support outer joins. The Outer join
check boxes in the Edit Join dialog box of Designer are not available.
GROUPBYCOLGroupByCol=YES|NO
Specifies whether a GROUP BY clause accepts integers for column names.
Values• YES — Specifies that a GROUP BY clause followed by an integer is
supported by the database.• NO — Specifies that a GROUP BY clause followed by an integer is not
supported by the database.
INTERSECTIntersect=INTERSECT |
Specifies if the database supports the INTERSECT set operator.
Values• INTERSECT — The database supports the INTERSECT set operator.• no value — The database does not support the INTERSECT set operator. If
Syntax EXT_JOIN=value
Default value YES
Syntax GROUPBYCOL=value
Default value NO
Syntax INTERSECT=value
Default value INTERSECT
Data Access Guide 313
Teradata
you choose this value, two queries are generated.
INTERSECT_IN_SUBQUERYIntersect_in_Subquery=INTERSECT |
Specifies if the database supports the INTERSECT set operator within a subquery.
Values• INTERSECT — The database supports the INTERSECT set operator within
a subquery.• no value — The database does not support the INTERSECT set operator
within a subquery. If you choose this value, two queries are generated.
KEY_INFO_SUPPORTEDKEY_INFO_SUPPORTED=Y | N
Specifies if you can retrieve primary and secondary key definitions from the database account.
Values• Y — Specifies that the database lets you retrieve primary and secondary key
definitions from the database account. This parameter enables Designer to display the keys in the Structure window.
• N — Specifies that the database does not let you retrieve primary and secondary key definitions from the database account.
MINUS_IN_SUBQUERYMINUS_IN_SUBQUERY=MINUS |
Specifies if the database supports the MINUS set operator within a subquery.
Syntax INTERSECT_IN_SUBQUERY=value
Default value INTERSECT
Syntax KEY_INFO_SUPPORTED=value
Default value Y
Syntax MINUS_IN_SUBQUERY=value
Default value MINUS
314 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
Values• MINUS — Specifies that the database supports the MINUS set operator
within a subquery.• no value — Specifies that the database does not support the MINUS set
operator within a subquery. If you choose this value, two queries are generated.
MINUSMINUS=MINUS |
Specifies if the database supports the MINUS set operator.
Values• MINUS — Specifies that the database supports the MINUS set operator.• no value — Specifies that the database does not support the MINUS set
operator. If you choose this value, two queries are generated.
OLAP_CLAUSEOLAP_CLAUSE=QUALIFY
Specifies whether Business Objects products generate a QUALIFY clause if a function listed in the RISQL_Functions parameter is used in a condition.
Value• QUALIFY generates a QUALIFY clause if a function listed in the
RISQL_Functions parameter is used in a condition. This is the value for Teradata databases.
This parameter must be used with the GROUPBY clause.
OUTERJOINS_GENERATIONOuterjoins_Generation=Ingres
Specifies the SQL syntax for outer joins.
Specifies the SQL syntax for outer joins.
Syntax MINUS=value
Default value MINUS
Syntax OUTERJOINS_GENERATION=value
Default value USUAL
Data Access Guide 315
Teradata
Values• INGRES— Outer joins are supported.• NO — Outer joins are not supported.
ResultFROM T1 LEFT JOIN T2
ON T1.col1 = T2.col2
OWNEROwner=Y | N
Specifies if the database authorizes prefixing tables with the owner name (for example, user name).
Values• Y — Specifies that the database does support prefixing tables by the owner
name. • N — Specifies that the database does not support prefixing tables by the
owner name.
QUALIFIERQualifier=Y | N
Specifies whether the database authorizes prefixing tables with the qualifier name, for example, the database name.
Values• Y — Specifies that the database does support prefixing tables by the qualifier
name. N — Specifies that the database does not support prefixing tables by the qualifier name.
Syntax OWNER=value
Default value Y
Syntax QUALIFIER=value
Default value Y
316 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
RISQL_FUNCTIONSRISQL_FUNCTION=CSUM,MAVG,MDIFF,MLINREG,MSUM,RANK,QUANTILE,PERCENT_RANK
Lists the RISQL functions supported by the database.
ValuesCSUM,MAVG,MDIFF,MLINREG,MSUM,RANK,QUANTILE
SORT_BY_NOSort_By_No=YES | NO
Specifies if users are authorized to sort columns that are not included in the SELECT statement.Values• YES — Specifies that users are not authorized to sort columns if they are not
included in the SELECT statement. When the parameter is set to YES, the Manage Sorts button is unavailable in the Query Panel.
• NO — Specifies that you are authorized to sort columns even if they are not included in the SELECT statement.
STGStg=filename
Specifies the name of the external strategy file.Values• teradataen — This is the default Business Objects external strategy file.• filename — If you replace or rename the default Business Objects external
strategy file, make sure the name of the file appears here. Do not include the file extension.
TABLE_DELIMITERTABLE_DELIMITER=” | ‘
Syntax SORT_BY_NO=value
Default value NO
Syntax STG=value
Default value teradataen
Data Access Guide 317
Teradata
Specifies that table or column names that contain spaces or special characters are enclosed within quotation marks if the parameter Back_Quote_Supported is activated.
Values • “ — Table or column names that contain spaces or special characters are
enclosed in double quotation marks.• ‘ — Table or column names that contain spaces or special characters are
enclosed in single quotation marks. This value can be used only with Microsoft Access.
To use this parameter the BACK_QUOTE_SUPPORTED parameter must be set to BACK_QUOTE_SUPPORTED=Y.
Result Table name=“My Table”
UNION_IN_SUBQUERYUnion_in_Subquery=UNION|
Specifies if the database supports the UNION set operator within a subquery.
Values• UNION — The database supports the UNION set operator within a subquery.• no value — The database does not support the UNION set operator within a
subquery. If you choose this value, two queries are generated.
UNIONUnion=UNION|
Specifies if the database supports the UNION set operator.
Syntax TABLE_DELIMITER=value
Default value “
Syntax UNION_IN_SUBQUERY=value
Default value UNION
Syntax UNION=value
Default value UNION
318 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
Values• UNION — The database supports the UNION set operator.no value — The database does not support the UNION set operator. If you choose this value, two queries are generated.
USER_INPUT_DATE_FORMATUser_Input_Date_Format=\d ‘yyy-mm-dd’|’DD-MM-YYYY HH:MM:SS’|’YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS’|’yyyy-mm-dd HH:mm:ss’|’mm/dd/yyyy hh:m:s am/pm’|’yyyy-mm-dd’
NOTEThis is a WebIntelligence-only parameter. Only modify the User_Input_Date_Format in the driver.prm XML file.
Specifies the default date and hour formats input by users in WebIntelligence.If this value is not the same as the InputDateFormat parameter in the driver.sbo file, the values indicated in this parameter overwrite the values in the InputDateFormat parameter for WebIntelligence.
Values• ''yyyy-mm-dd' — This is the default date and hour formats with Teradata.• Other RDBMS-specific date and time formats.
USER_INPUT_NUMERIC_SEPARATORUser_Input_Numeric_Separator= , | .|
NOTEThis is a WebIntelligence-only parameter. Only modify the User_Input_Numeric_Separator in the driver.prm XML file.
Syntax User_Input_Date_Format=value
Default value ''yyyy-mm-dd'
Syntax User_Input_Numeric_Separator=value
Default value
Data Access Guide 319
Teradata
Specifies the character used to indicate a separator in a numeric value.
Values• , — Numbers are separated with a comma (,)• . — Numbers are separated with a period (.)
Result with , value100,00 is One hundred
Result with . value100.00 is One hundred
320 Data Access Guide
Data Access Parameter File Reference
chapter
Functions
322 Data Access Guide
Functions
OverviewThe driveren.prm files contain both parameters and functions. This chapter describes the functions. Functions are RDBMS-specific. • IBM DB2• Informix• Microsoft SQL Server• Oracle• Red Brick• Sybase• TeradataFor information on the parameters, see Data Access Parameter File Reference on page 241.
Data Access Guide 323
Adding a function
Adding a functionBusiness Objects provides you with the most commonly used functions. If you need additional functions, you can add them to the driveren.prm file.For more information on the structure of a function, see the your RDBMS chapter.
Adding a function to the driveren.prm fileBusiness Objects provides a list of SQL functions in the driveren.prm file. You may add functions to this list. To do so:1. Open the driveren.prm file with a text editor.2. Copy a defined function with all of its parameters.3. Scroll to the bottom of the file and paste the copied function.4. You must leave a carriage return below the last function.5. Inside the n parameter, increment the function by 1.6. Enter a new function name in the NAME= parameter.7. Enter an input field name for each SQL function argument in the TRAD=
parameter.If the new function doesn’t have arguments, leave this parameter blank.
8. Enter explicit help text for the function in the HELP= parameter.9. Enter the function type in the TYPE= parameter.10.Enter either Y or N in the IN_MACRO= parameter, indicating Y if the function
is accessible from BusinessObjects or N if the function is not accessible from BusinessObjects.
11.Enter either Y or N in the GROUP= parameter, indicating Y if the function is an aggregate function or N if the fucntion is not an aggregate function.
12.Enter the SQL function name with any arguments in the SQL= parameter.13.Save the file.
NOTEIf you also use WebIntelligence, you must also complete the procedure described in Adding a function to the driveren.prm XML file.
The following is an example of a newly created function:(60)
NAME= Example
TRAD= Text: $Date:
HELP= Displays an Example function
324 Data Access Guide
Functions
TYPE=A
IN_MACRO=Y
GROUP=N
SQL=example($A,$D)
Adding a function to the driveren.prm XML fileYou must add your function to the BusinessObjects driveren.prm file before completing this procedure.1. In an XML editor, open <BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise
6\dataAccess\RDBMS\connectionServer\RDBMS\driver.prm.
2. Copy a defined function with all of its parameters.3. Scroll to the bottom of the file and paste the copied function before the
</Functions> tag.4. In the <Function> tag, modify the items between the quotes for the
following:
Function tag DescriptionGroup Indicates whether the function is an aggregate
function.The values are:• True• False
ID Displays the name of the function as it appears in BusinessObjects
InMacro Indicates whether the function appears in the list of available functions when you define a user defined object.The values are:• True• False
Name Displays the name of the function as it appears in BusinessObjects
Type Displays the type of function: • String• Numeric• DateTime
Data Access Guide 325
Adding a function
5. In the <Arguments> section, include any arguments for your function. Each argument has a <Message id=n> tag which holds the type of argument.
6. In the <SQL> tag, include the SQL necessary to run the function.7. Save the oracle.prm file.The following is an example of a function for WebIntelligence:<Function Group="False" ID="Example" InMacro="True" Type="String">
<Arguments>
<Argument Type="String"/>
</Arguments>
<SQL>example($A,$D)</SQL>
</Function>
326 Data Access Guide
Functions
IBM DB2IBM DB2 function table
Name Trad/Arguments Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
0 Minimum Minimum of: Numeric Yes Yes Selects the minimum value
1 Maximum Maximum of: Numeric Yes Yes Selects the maximum value
2 Average Average of: Numeric Yes Yes Returns the average value
3 Sum Sum of: Numeric Yes Yes Returns the sum of the values
4 Count Count of: Numeric Yes Yes Returns the number of values
5 ASCII code Character: Alphanumeric No No Returns the ASCII code of a character
6 Character Value of the character:
Alphanumeric No No Returns the value entered in its corresponding ASCII code
7 Concat String1: $String2: Alphanumeric Yes No Concatenates two character strings
8 Left String: $Length: Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a specified number of characters from the left of a character string
9 LeftTrim String: Alphanumeric Yes No Removes blank characters from the left of a character string
Data Access Guide 327
IBM DB2
10 Length Object: Numeric Yes No Returns the length of a character string
11 Locate Object: $Search: Numeric Yes No Returns the position of a character in a character string
12 Lowercase
String: Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a character string in lower case
13 Repeat Expression: $Number of times:
Alphanumeric Yes No Repeats a character expression n number of times
14 Right String: $Nbr of char. to extract:
Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a specified number of characters from the right of a character string
15 RightTrim Object: Alphanumeric Yes No Removes blank characters from the right of a character string
16 Substring String: $Initial position: $Number of characters:
Alphanumeric Yes No Extracts a sequence of characters from a character string
17 Uppercase
String: Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a character string in upper case
18 Space Nbr space char: Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a string consisting of blank characters
19 Insert String: $String_exp1: $Start: $Length:
Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a character string in which a number of character were replaced by new characters
Name Trad/Arguments Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
328 Data Access Guide
Functions
20 Absolute Numeric expression:
Numeric Yes No Returns the absolute value of a given expression
21 Arc cosine
Value: Numeric Yes No Returns the arc cosine of a numeric expression
22 Arc sine Value: Numeric Yes No Returns the arc sine of a numeric expression
23 Arc tangent
Value: Numeric Yes No Returns the arc tangent of a numeric expression
24 Angle Tangent 2
Angle 1: $Angle 2: 2
Numeric Yes No Returns the angle in radians whose tangent is angle1/angle2
25 Cosine Angle: Numeric Yes No Returns the cosine of a number
26 Ceil Numeric expression:
Numeric Yes No Returns the value of a number rounded up to the nearest integer
27 Exp Value: Numeric Yes No Returns the exponential value of the specified value
28 Floor Numeric expression:
Numeric Yes No Returns the value of a number rounded down to the nearest integer
29 Log Value: Numeric Yes No Returns the natural logarithm of the specified value
Name Trad/Arguments Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
Data Access Guide 329
IBM DB2
30 Mod Value: $Divided by
Numeric Yes No Returns the remainder of a division
31 Pi Numeric No No Returns the constant value of 3.1415926535897932
32 Random Value: Numeric No No Returns a random number between 0 and 1
33 Sign Value: Numeric No No Returns a number that represents the sign of the specified number
34 Sine Angle: Numeric Yes No Returns the sine of a number
35 Sqrt Square root of: Numeric Yes No Returns the square root of a number
36 Tangent Angle: Numeric Yes No Returns the tangent of a number
37 Cotangent
Angle: Numeric Yes No Returns the cotangent of a number
38 Degrees Angle: Numeric Yes No Converts radians to degrees
39 Log10 num exp: Numeric Yes No Returns the base 10 logarithm of the specified value
40 Power num exp: $int exp:
Numeric Yes No Returns a value raised to the nth power
Name Trad/Arguments Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
330 Data Access Guide
Functions
41 Radians num exp: Numeric Yes No Converts degrees to radians
42 Round num exp: $int exp:
Numeric Yes No Returns a number rounded to n decimal places
43 Truncate num exp: $int exp:
Numeric Yes No Returns a value truncated to x decimal places
44 Database Alphanumeric Yes No Returns the name of the current database
45 User Alphanumeric Yes No Returns the username of the current DB2 user
46 Case Alphanumeric No No Allows an expression to be selected based on one or more conditions
47 Character prompt
Question: Alphanumeric Yes No Prompts the user to enter a specific value
48 Numeric prompt
Question: Numeric Yes No Prompts the user to enter a specific value
49 Date prompt
Question: Date Yes No Prompts the user to enter a specific value
50 DayOfWeek
Date: Date Yes No Returns the day of the week (1 equals Sunday)
51 DayName Date: Date Yes No Returns a character string containing the name of the day
52 DayOfYear
Date: Date Yes No Returns the day of the year (1-366)
Name Trad/Arguments Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
Data Access Guide 331
IBM DB2
53 Days Date: Date Yes No Returns an integer representation of a date
54 Hour Value: Date Yes No Returns the hour part of a value
55 JulianDay Date: Date Yes No Returns the number of days between the date value and the start of the Julian date calendar
56 Microsecond
Value: Date Yes No Returns the microsecond part of a value
57 MidnightSeconds
Value: Date Yes No Returns the number of seconds between midnight and the specified time value
58 Minute Value: Date Yes No Returns the minute part of a value
59 Month Value: Date Yes No Returns the month part of a value
60 MonthName
Date: Date Yes No Returns a character string containing the name of the month
61 Second Value: Date Yes No Returns the second part of a value
62 Time Value: Date Yes No Returns time from a value
63 Timestamp
Value: $Value Date Yes No Returns a timestamp from a value or a pair of values
Name Trad/Arguments Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
332 Data Access Guide
Functions
64 TimestampISO
Date: Date Yes No Returns a timestamp value based on date, time or timestamp argument
65 TimestampDifference
Value: $Timestamp duration:
Date Yes No Returns an estimated number of intervals based on the difference between two timestamps
66 Week Date: Date Yes No Returns the number of the week
67 Year Date: Date Yes No Returns the year part of a value
68 Date Date: Date Yes No Returns a date from a value
69 Graphic Character string: $Integer value:
Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a graphic representation of a graphic string
70 LongVargraphic
Character string: Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a long vargraphic representation of a double-byte character string
71 Vargraphic
Value: Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a graphic string representation of a character string value or a graphic string value
72 Chr Value: Alphanumeric Yes No Returns the character that matches the specified ASCII code value
Name Trad/Arguments Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
Data Access Guide 333
IBM DB2
73 Clob Character string: $Integer value:
Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a CLOB representation of a character string
74 Coalesce Expression: $Expression:
Alphanumeric Yes No Returns the first argument that is not null
75 CountBig Expression: Numeric Yes No Returns the number of rows or values
76 Dbclob Graphic expression: $Integer value:
Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a DBCLOB representation of a graphic string
77 Difference
Character string: $Character string:
Alphanumeric Yes No Returns the difference between the SOUNDEX value of two strings
78 Digits Numeric expression:
Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a character-string representation of the absolute value of a number
79 EventMonitorState
Name of an event monitor:
Alphanumeric Yes No Returns the current state of an event monitor
80 Grouping Column name: Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a value which indicates whether or not a row returned in a GROUP BY is generated by a grouping set that excludes the specified column
81 Hex Value: Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a hexadecimal representation of a value
Name Trad/Arguments Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
334 Data Access Guide
Functions
82 Ln Value: Numeric Yes No Returns the natural logarithm of the specified value
83 NodeNumber
Column name: Alphanumeric Yes No Returns the row partition number
84 Nullif Expression: $Expression:
Alphanumeric Yes No Compares two expressions
85 Partition Column name: Alphanumeric Yes No Returns the partitioning map index of a row
86 Posstr Character string: Character string:
Alphanumeric Yes No Returns the starting position of a character string within another character string
87 Quarter Date: Date Yes No Returns an integer value (1 to 4) representing the quarter of the year for the specified date
88 Real Numeric expression:
Numeric Yes No Returns a single-precision floating-point representation of a number
89 Replace Expression1: $Expression2: $Expression3:
Alphanumeric Yes No Replaces all occurrences of expression2 in expression1 with expression3
90 Value Value: $Value: Alphanumeric Yes No Returns the first argument that is not null
Name Trad/Arguments Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
Data Access Guide 335
IBM DB2
91 Decimal from Numeric
Expression: $Precision: $Scale:
Numeric Yes No Returns a decimal representation of a number.
92 Decimal from Character
Expression: $Precision: $Scale: $Decimal character:
Numeric Yes No Returns a decimal representation of a character string.
93 Double Expression: Numeric Yes No Returns a floating-point number
94 Float Numeric expression:
Numeric Yes No Returns a floating-point representation of a number
95 Integer Expression: Numeric Yes No Returns an integer representation of a number
96 LongVarchar
Character string: Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a LONG VARCHAR representation of a character string
97 Smallint Expression: Numeric Yes No Returns a small integer representation of a number or character string
98 Translate String to be translated: $Replacement characters: $Target characters: $Pad character:
Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a value in which one or more characters in a string may have been translated into other characters
99 Varchar Character string: $Length of the string:
Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a varying-length character string
Name Trad/Arguments Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
336 Data Access Guide
Functions
100 Variance
Numeric expression:
Numeric Yes No Returns the variance of a set of numbers
101 Datetime to character
Datetime expression: $Valid format:
Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a character string representation of a datetime value
102 Character to character
Character expression: $Length
Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a fixed-length character string representation of a character string value
103 Numeric to character
Numeric expression:
Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a character string representation of a numeric value
104 Decimal to character
Numeric expression: $Decimal delimiter
Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a character string representation of a decimal value
105 Number to Char
Number: Alphanumeric Yes No Converts a number to a character string
106 Date to Char
Date: Alphanumeric Yes No Converts a date to a character string
Name Trad/Arguments Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
Data Access Guide 337
Informix
InformixInformix function table
The code for data type (Type) used in the table is as follows:• A = Alphanumeric• N = Numeric• D = Date
Name Trad/Arguments
Type Available in function list
Aggregate
Description SQL
(0)Minimum Minimum of: N Yes Yes Selects the minimum value
min($N)
(1)Maximum Maximum of: N Yes Yes Selects the maximum value
max($N)
2)Average Average of: N Yes Yes Returns the average value
avg($N)
(3)Sum Sum of: N Yes Yes Returns the sum of the values
sum($N)
(4)Count Count of: Y Yes Yes Counts the number of values
count($*)
(5)LeftRemove Character string:
A Yes No Removes blank characters from the left of a character string
Trim (LEADING FROM $A)
(6)Length Character string:
N Yes No Returns the length of a character string
LENGTH($A)
(7)RightRemove
Character string:
A Yes No Removes blank characters from the right of a character string
Trim (TRAILING FROM $A)
338 Data Access Guide
Functions
(8)Now D Yes No Returns the current date and time
CURRENT YEAR TO FRACTION(5)
(9)Curdate D Yes No Returns the current date
TODAY
(10)DayOfMonth
Date: N Yes No Returns the day of the month
DAY($D)
(11)DayOfWeek
Date: N Yes No Returns the day of the week
WEEKDAY($D)+1
(12)Month Date: N Yes No Returns the number of the month
MONTH($D)
(13)Year Date: N Yes No Returns the year YEAR($D)
14)Absolute Numeric expression:
N Yes No Returns the absolute value of a given expression
ABS($N)
(15)Arc cosine Value: N Yes No Returns the arc cosine of a numeric expression
ACOS($N)
(16)Arc sine Value: N Yes No Returns the arc sine of a numeric expression
ASIN($N)
(17)Arc tangent
Value: N Yes No Returns the arc tangent of a numeric expression
ATAN($N)
Name Trad/Arguments
Type Available in function list
Aggregate
Description SQL
Data Access Guide 339
Informix
(18)Angle Tangent 2
Angle 1: $Angle 2:
N Yes No Returns the angle in radians whose tangent is angle1/angle2
ATAN2($N,$N)
(19)Cosine Angle: N Yes No Returns the cosine of a number
COS($N)
(20)Cotangent Angle: No Yes No Returns the cotangent of an angle in radians
1/TAN($N)
(21)Exp Value: N Yes No Returns the exponential value of the specified value
EXP($N)
(22)Log Value: N Yes No Returns the natural logarithm of the specified value
LOGN($N)
(23)Mod Value: $Divided by:
N Yes No Returns the remainder of a division
MOD($N,$N)
(24)Sine Angle: Y Yes No Returns the sine of a number
SIN($N)
(25)Sqrt) Square root of:
N Yes N Returns the square root of a number
SQRT($N)
(26)Tangent Angle: N Yes No Returns the tangent of a number
TAN($N)
(27)Log10 Num exp: N Yes No Returns the base 10 logarithm of the specified value
LOG10($N)
Name Trad/Arguments
Type Available in function list
Aggregate
Description SQL
340 Data Access Guide
Functions
(28)Power Num exp: $Integer:
N Yes No Returns a value raised to the nth power
POW($N,$N)
(29)Round Num exp: $Int exp:
N Yes No Returns a number rounded to n decimal places
ROUND($N,$N)
(30)Truncate Num exp: $Int exp:
N Yes No Returns a value truncated to x decimal places
TRUNC($N,$N)
(31)RemoveBoth
Character string:
A Yes No Removes blank characters from the right and left of a character string
TRIM (BOTH FROM $A)
(32)Root Number: $Index number:
N Yes No Returns the root value of a numeric expression
ROOT($N,$N)
(33)DBInfo Option: A No No Returns information from the database
DBINFO($A)
(34)Hex Number: N Yes N Returns the hexadecimal equivalent of an integer expression
HEX($N)
(35)Date Date: D Yes No Returns a date type value
DATE($*)
(36)Extend D No No Adjusts the precision of a date value
EXTEND()
Name Trad/Arguments
Type Available in function list
Aggregate
Description SQL
Data Access Guide 341
Informix
(37)MonthDayYear
Number: $Number: $Number:
D Yes No Returns a complete date value
MDY($N,$N,$N)
(38)Character prompt
Question: A Yes No Prompts the user to enter a specific value
@prompt($A,'A',,,)
(39)Numeric prompt
Question: N Yes No Prompts the user to enter a specific value
@prompt($A,'N',,,)
(40)Date prompt
Question: D Yes No Prompts the user to enter a specific value
@prompt($A,'D',,,)
41)Number to Char
Number: A Yes No Converts a number to a character string
CAST($N AS CHAR(30))
(42)Date to Char
Date: A Yes No Converts a date to a character string
CAST($D AS CHAR(30))
Name Trad/Arguments
Type Available in function list
Aggregate
Description SQL
342 Data Access Guide
Functions
Microsoft SQL ServerMicrosoft SQL Server function table
Name Trad/Arguments
Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
0 Substring String: $Initial position: $Number of characters:
Alphanumeric Yes No Extracts a sequence of characters from a character string
1 Uppercase String: Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a character string in upper case
2 Lowercase String: Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a character string in lower case
3 Rightpart String: $Nbr of char. to extract::
Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a specified number of characters from the right of a character string
4 LeftRemove
String: Alphanumeric Yes No Removes blank characters from the left of a character string
5 Absolute Numeric expression:
Numeric Yes No Returns the absolute value of a given expression
6 Round Number to round: $Precision:
Numeric Yes No Returns a number rounded to n decimal places
7 Sqrt Square root of: Numeric Yes No Returns the square root of a number
8 Minimum Minimum of: Numeric Yes Yes Selects the minimum value
9 Maximum Maximum of: Numeric Yes Yes Selects the maximum value
Data Access Guide 343
Microsoft SQL Server
10 Average Average of: Numeric Yes Yes Returns the average value
11 Sum Sum of: Numeric Yes Yes Returns the sum of the values
12 Count Count of: Numeric Yes Yes Returns the number of values
13 Ceil Numeric expression:
Numeric Yes No Returns the value of a number rounded up to the nearest integer
14 Floor Numeric expression:
Numeric Yes No Returns the value of a number rounded down to the nearest integer
15 DateExtract
Model: $Date Expression:
Alphanumeric Yes No Extracts part of a date value
16 Arc cosine Value: Numeric Yes No Returns the arc cosine of a numeric expression
17 Arc sine Value: Numeric Yes No Returns the arc sine of a numeric expression
18 Arc Tangent
Value: Numeric Yes No Returns the arc tangent of a numeric expression
19 Angle Tangent 2
Angle 1: $Angle 2:
Numeric Yes No Returns the angle in radians whose tangent is angle1/angle2
20 Cosine Angle: Numeric Yes No Returns the cosine of a number
21 Sine Angle: Numeric Yes No Returns the sine of a number
Name Trad/Arguments
Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
344 Data Access Guide
Functions
22 Tangent Angle: Numeric Yes No Returns the tangent of a number
23 Degrees Value: Numeric Yes No Converts radians to degrees
24 Exp Value: Numeric Yes No Returns the exponential value of the specified value
25 Log Value: Numeric Yes No Returns the natural logarithm of the specified value
26 Log10 Value: Numeric Yes No Returns the base 10 logarithm of the specified value
27 Power Value: $Power: Numeric Yes No Returns a value raised to the nth power
28 Radians Value: Numeric No No Converts degrees into radians
29 Sign Value: Numeric No No Returns a number that represents the sign of the specified number
30 Random Value: Numeric No No Returns a random number between 0 and 1
31 Pi Numeric No No Returns the constant value of 3.1415926535897932
32 ASCII code
Character: Alphanumeric No No Returns the ASCII code of the character
Name Trad/Arguments
Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
Data Access Guide 345
Microsoft SQL Server
33 Character Value of the character:
Alphanumeric No No Returns the character that corresponds to the ASCII code
34 Charindex Expression: $Object:
Numeric No No Returns the position of an expression in a character string
35 Difference Object 1: $Object 2:
Numeric No No Returns the difference between the SOUNDEX value of two objects
36 Patindex Pattern: $Object: Numeric No No Returns the position of a character in a character string
37 Replicate Expression: $Number of times:
Alphanumeric Yes No Repeats a character expression n number of times
38 Reverse Expression: Alphanumeric Yes No Reverses a string of characters
39 Rtrim Object: Alphanumeric Yes No Removes blank characters from the right of a character string
40 Soundex String: Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a character string representing phonetically the word(s) in the string
41 Space Number of times:
Alphanumeric No No Returns a string with the number of blank characters
42 Str Alphanumeric No No Returns a value set to a specific length
Name Trad/Arguments
Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
346 Data Access Guide
Functions
43 Stuff String1: $Initial position: $Number of characters: String2:
Alphanumeric No No Replaces a sequence of characters with other characters
44 Conversion
Alphanumeric No No Converts datatypes
45 Cotangent Value: Numeric Yes No Returns the cotangent of an angle in radians
46 Mod Value: $Divided by
Numeric Yes No Returns the remainder of a division
47 Concat String1: $String2:
Alphanumeric Yes No Concatenates two character strings
48 Left String: $Length: Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a specified number of characters from the left of a character string
49 Length Object: Numeric Yes No Returns the length of a character string
50 Current date
Date Yes No Returns the current date
51 Day of week
Date: Numeric Yes No Returns the day of the week (1 equals Sunday)
52 Day of month
Date: Numeric Yes No Returns the day of the month (1-31)
53 Day of year
Date: Numeric Yes No Returns the day of the year (1-366)
54 Number of the week
Date: Numeric Yes No Returns the number of the week (1-52)
Name Trad/Arguments
Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
Data Access Guide 347
Microsoft SQL Server
55 Number of the month
Date: Numeric Yes No Returns the number of the month (1-12)
56 Year Date: Numeric Yes No Returns the year
57 Quarter Date: Numeric Yes No Returns the quarter
58 Locate Search: $Object: Numeric Yes No Returns the position of a character in a character string
59 IsNull Expression: Numeric Yes No Returns TRUE if the expression is NULL
60 Character prompt
Question: Alphanumeric Yes No Prompts the user to enter a specific value
61 Numeric prompt
Question: Numeric Yes No Prompts the user to enter a specific value
62 Date prompt
Question: Date Yes No Prompts the user to enter a specific value
63 Case Value: $Expression: $Result1: $Result2:
Alphanumeric No No Returns a value that depends on which of the specified set of conditions is met
64 Number to Char
Number: Alphanumeric Yes No Converts a number to a character string
65 Date to Char
Date: Alphanumeric Yes No Converts a date to a character string
Name Trad/Arguments
Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
348 Data Access Guide
Functions
OracleOracle Function table
Name Trad/Arguments
Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
0 Substring String: $Initial position: $Number of characters:
Alphanumeric Yes No Extracts a sequence of characters from a character string
1 Uppercase String: Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a character string in upper case
2 Lowercase String: Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a character string in lower case
3 Initial_caps String: Alphanumeric Yes No Capitalizes the first letter of a character string, while the remaining letters appear in lower case
4 Transforms Replace in: $Old character: $New character:
Alphanumeric Yes No Transforms each occurrence of the old character by the new character
5 Replace Replace in: $Old string: $New string:
Alphanumeric Yes No Replaces a string of characters by a new string
6 Round Number to round off: $Number of decimals
Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a number rounded to n decimal places
Data Access Guide 349
Oracle
7 Sqrt Number: Numeric Yes No Returns the square root of a number
8 Minimum Minimum of:
Numeric Yes Yes Selects the minimum value
9 Maximum Maximum of:
Numeric Yes Yes Selects the maximum value
10 Average Average of: Numeric Yes Yes Returns the average value
11 Sum Sum of: Numeric Yes Yes Returns the sum of the values
12 Variance Variance of: Numeric Yes Yes Returns the statistical variance of a group of values
13 Stddev Stddev of: Numeric Yes Yes Returns the standard deviation of a group of values
14 Count Number of: Numeric Yes Yes Returns the number of values
15 Ceil Value: Numeric Yes No Returns the value of a number rounded up to the nearest integer
16 Floor Value: Numeric Yes No Returns the value of a number rounded down to the nearest integer
17 Mod Value: $Divided by:
Numeric Yes No Returns the remainder of a division
18 Power Value: $Power:
Numeric Yes No Returns a value raised to the nth power
19 Trunc Value: $Decimal:
Numeric Yes No Returns a value truncated to x decimal places
Name Trad/Arguments
Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
350 Data Access Guide
Functions
20 Character Value of the character:
Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a character corresponding to its ASCII code
21 ORACLESize
String: Numeric Yes No Returns how many bytes are necessary to store ORACLE internally
22 Left padding Character String: $Length: $Characters:
Alphanumeric Yes No Adds characters to the left of a character string as many times as necessary
23 Left trim Character String: $Characters:
Alphanumeric Yes No Removes characters from the left of a character string
24 Right padding
Character String: $Length: $Characters:
Alphanumeric Yes No Adds characters to the right of a character string as many times as necessary
25 Right trim Character String: $Characters:
Alphanumeric Yes No Removes characters from the right of a character string
26 Soundex String: Alphanumeric Yes No Returns a character string representing phonetically the word(s) in the string
27 ASCII Character: Alphanumeric Yes No Returns the ASCII code of a character
28 Instr Character String: $Search:
Numeric Yes No Returns the position of a character in a character string
Name Trad/Arguments
Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
Data Access Guide 351
Oracle
29 Length Object: Numeric Yes No Returns the length of a character string
30 Chartorowid Rowid: Numeric No No Converts a value to ROWID
31 To_char Value: Alphanumeric Yes No Converts a value to a character string
32 Date to Char
Date: Alphanumeric Yes No Converts a date to a character string
33 To_number String: Numeric Yes No Converts a character string to a numerical value
34 To_date String: $Format:
Date Yes No Converts a character string to a date value
35 Add months Date: $Number of month:
Date Yes No Adds a number of months to a date
36 Last day Date: Date No No Returns the last day of the month of a defined date
37 Character NVL
Object 1: $Object 2:
Alphanumeric Yes No If Object 1 is null, returns Object 2; if Object 1 is not null, returns Object 1
38 Numeric NVL
Object 1: $Object 2:
Numeric Yes No If Object 1 is null, returns Object 2; if Object 1 is not null, returns Object 1
39 Date NVL Object 1: $Object 2:
Date Yes No If Object 1 is null, returns Object 2; if Object 1 is not null, returns Object 1
40 Months between
Source Date: $Destination Date:
Numeric Yes No Returns the number of months between two dates
Name Trad/Arguments
Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
352 Data Access Guide
Functions
41 Next_day Date: $Day: Date Yes No
42 Decode Alphanumeric No No Compares and replaces strings
43 Greatest Alphanumeric No No Returns the greatest value from a list
44 Least Alphanumeric No No Returns the smallest value from a list
45 UID Numeric No No Returns the unique integer assigned to each username
46 User Alphanumeric No No Returns the username of the current ORACLE user
47 Absolute Value: Numeric Yes No Returns the absolute value of a number
48 Sign Value: Numeric Yes No Returns a number that represents the sign of the specified number
49 New Time Date: $Time Zone1: $Time Zone2:
Date No No Returns the date and time
50 Sysdate Date No No Returns the current date and time
51 Dump Alphanumeric No No Returns a value containing the type, length and internal format of an expression
52 UserEnv Option: Alphanumeric No No Returns information about the current session
Name Trad/Arguments
Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
Data Access Guide 353
Oracle
53 Nlssort String: Alphanumeric No No Returns a string of bytes to sort a character string
54 Add Days Date: $Number of days:
Date Yes No Adds a number of days to a date
55 Days between
Date1: $Date2:
Numeric Yes No Returns the number of days between date1 and date2
56 Concat String1: $String2:
Alphanumeric Yes No Concatenates two character strings
57 Character prompt
Question: Alphanumeric Yes No Prompts the user to enter a specific value
58 Numeric_prompt
Question: Numeric Yes No Prompts the user to enter a specific value
59 Date prompt Question: Date Yes No Prompts the user to enter a specific value
60 RANK OVER
Rank over : Numeric No No Returns an ordered ranking of rows starting with a rank of one
61 SUM OVER Sum over : Numeric No No Returns the sum over a set of rows
62 AVG OVER Average over :
Numeric No No Returns the average over a set of rows
63 COUNT OVER
Count over : Numeric No No Returns the quantity over a set of rows
64 MIN OVER Min over : Numeric No No Returns the minimum over a set of rows
65 MAX OVER Max over : Numeric No No Returns the maximum over a set of rows
Name Trad/Arguments
Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
354 Data Access Guide
Functions
66 RATIO_TO_REPORT
Ratio_to_report over :
Numeric No No Computes the ratio of a value to the sum of a set of values
67 CUME_DIST OVER
Cume_dist over :
Numeric No No Calculates the cumulative distribution of a value in a group of values
68 DENSE_RANK OVER
Dense_rank over :
Numeric No No Computes the rank of each row returned from a query with respect to the other rows
69 FIRST_VALUE OVER
First_value over :
Alphanumeric No No Returns the first value in an ordered set of values
70 LAST_VALUE OVER
Last_value over :
Alphanumeric No No Returns the last value in an ordered set of values
71 LAG Lag : Alphanumeric No No Provides access to a row at a given physical offset prior to that position
72 LEAD Lead : Alphanumeric No No Provides access to a row at a given physical offset beyond that position
73 NTILE Ntile : Numeric No No Divides an ordered dataset into a number of buckets indicated by expr and assigns the appropriate bucket number to each row
74 PERCENT_RANK
Percent rank :
Numeric No No Calculates the rank of a row minus 1, divided by 1 less than the number of rows being evaluated
Name Trad/Arguments
Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
Data Access Guide 355
Oracle
75 PERCENTILE_CONT
Percentile cont :
Numeric No No Takes a percentile value and a sort specification, and returns an interpolated value that would fall into that percentile value with respect to the sort specification
76 PERCENTILE_DISC
Percentile disc :
Numeric No No Takes a percentile value and a sort specification and returns an element from the set
77 ROW_NUMBER
Row number :
Numeric No No Assigns a unique number to each row to which it is applied, in the ordered sequence of rows specified in the order_by_clause, beginning with 1
78 CORR OVER
Corr over: Numeric No No Returns the cumulative coefficient of correlation of a set of number pairs over a set of rows
79 COVAR_POP OVER
Covar_pop over:
Numeric No No Returns the cumulative population covariance of a set of number pairs over a set of rows
80 COVAR_SAMP OVER
Covar_samp over:
Numeric No No Returns the cumulative sample covariance of a set of number pairs over a set of rows
Name Trad/Arguments
Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
356 Data Access Guide
Functions
81 REGR_SLOPE OVER
Regr_slope over:
Numeric No No Returns the cumulative slope of the regression line over a set of rows
82 REGR_INTERCEPT OVER
Regr intercept over:
Numeric No No Returns the cumulative y-intercept of the regression line over a set of rows
83 REGR_COUNT OVER
Regr count over:
Numeric No No Returns the cumulative number of non-null number pairs used to fit the regression line over a set of rows
84 REGR_R2 OVER
Regr R2 over:
Numeric No No Returns the cumulative coefficient of determination for the regression line over a set of rows
85 REGR_AVGX OVER
Regr avgx over:
Numeric No No Makes the following computation AVG(expr2) over a set of rows after the elimination of null (expr1, expr2) pairs
86 REGR_AVGY OVER
Regr avgy over:
Numeric No No Makes the following computation AVG(expr1) over a set of rows after the elimination of null (expr1, expr2) pairs
Name Trad/Arguments
Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
Data Access Guide 357
Oracle
87 REGR_SXX OVER
Regr sxx over:
Numeric No No Makes the following computation REGR_COUNT(expr1, expr2) * VAR_POP(expr2) over a set of rows after the elimination of null (expr1, expr2) pairs
88 REGR_SYY OVER
Regr syy over:
Numeric No No Makes the following computation REGR_COUNT(expr1, expr2) * VAR_POP(expr1) over a set of rows after the elimination of null (expr1, expr2) pairs
89 REGR_SXY OVER
Regr sxy over:
Numeric No No Makes the following computation REGR_COUNT(expr1, expr2) * COVAR_POP(expr1, expr2) over a set of rows after the elimination of null (expr1, expr2) pairs
90 STDDEV OVER
Stddev over:
Numeric No No Returns the cumulative standard deviation over a set of rows
91 STDDEV_POP OVER
Stddev pop over:
Numeric No No Returns the cumulative population standard deviation over a set of rows
Name Trad/Arguments
Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
358 Data Access Guide
Functions
92 STDDEV_SAMP OVER
Stddev samp over:
Numeric No No Returns the cumulative sample standard deviation of a set of numbers over a set of rows
93 VAR_POP OVER
Regr sxy over:
Numeric No No Returns the cumulative population variance of a set of numbers over a set of rows
94 VAR_SAMP OVER
Regr sxy over:
Numeric No No Returns the cumulative sample variance of a set of numbers over a set of rows
95 VARIANCE OVER
variance over:
Numeric No No Returns the cumulative variance of a set of numbers over a set of rows
Name Trad/Arguments
Function Type
Available in function list
Aggregate
Description
Data Access Guide 359
Red Brick
Red BrickRed Brick function tableThe code for data type (Type) used in the table is as follows:• A = Alphanumeric• N = Numeric• D = Date
Name Trad/Arguments
Type Available in function list
Aggregate
Description SQL
(0)Substring String: $Initial position: $Number of characters:
A Y N Extracts a sequence of characters from a character string
SUBSTR($A,$N,$N)
(1)Minimum Minimum of: N Y Y Selects the minimum value
MIN($N)
(2)Maximum Maximum of: N Y Y Selects the maximum value
MAX($N)
(3)Average Average of: N Y Y Returns the average value
AVG($N)
(4)Sum Sum of: N Y Y Returns the sum of the values
SUM($N)
(5)Count Number of: N Y Y Returns the number of values
COUNT($*)
(6)Running total
Running total of:
N Y Y Returns the runnning total of the values
CUME($N)
(7)Moving average
Moving average of: $Number of rows:
N Y Y Returns the average of the values for the last n rows
MOVINGAVG($N,$N)
360 Data Access Guide
Functions
(8)Moving sum Moving sum of: $Number of rows:
N Y Y Returns the sum of the values for the last n rows
MOVINGSUM($N,$N)
(9)Rank Rank of: N Y Y Returns the rank of a specified value relative to a group of values
RANK($N)
(10)Ratio to report
Ratio to report of:
N Y Y Returns the ratio of a value to the sum of a group of values
RATIOTOREPORT($N)
(11)Tertile Tertile of: A Y Y Classifies the value of an expression into (H)igh, (M)edium, or (L)ow
TERTILE($N)
(12)LeftRemove
String: Y N N Trims leading blanks
LTRIM($A)
(13)RightRemove
String: A Y N Removes blank characters from the right of a character string
RTRIM($A)
(14)Trim String: $Set: A Y N Removes blank characters from the right and left of a character string
TRIM($A,$A)
(15)Decode A N N Compares and replaces strings
DECODE()
(16)Ifnull A N N Returns a string if NULL
IFNULL()
Name Trad/Arguments
Type Available in function list
Aggregate
Description SQL
Data Access Guide 361
Red Brick
(17)Current User
A Y N Returns the username of the current Red Brick user
CURRENT_USER
(18)Case Case expression: $Case expression: $Result: $Result:
A Y N Returns a value that depends on which of the specified set of conditions is met
CASE $A WHEN $A THEN $A ELSE $A END
(19)Coalesce Expression: $Expression:
N Y N Returns the value of the first argument that is not NULL
COALESCE($N,$N)
(20)Coalesce Expression: $Expression:
A Y N Returns the value of the first argument that is not NULL
COALESCE($A,$A)
(21)If Null Expression: $Substitute:
N Y N Tests an expression for missing values and replaces each one with a specific value
IFNULL($N,$N)
(22)Absolute Numeric expression:
N Y N Returns the absolute value of a given expression
ABS($N)
(23)Ceil Numeric expression:
N Y N Returns the value of a number rounded up to the nearest integer
CEIL($N)
Name Trad/Arguments
Type Available in function list
Aggregate
Description SQL
362 Data Access Guide
Functions
(24)Decimal Expression: $Precision: $Scale:
A N N Converts a specified value to a DECIMAL value
DEC($N,$N,$N)
(25)Float Expression: N Y N Returns a specified value into a floating-point value
FLOAT($N)
(26)Floor Value: N Y N Returns the value of a number rounded down to the nearest integer
FLOOR($N)
(27)Integer Numeric expression:
N Y N Returns the integer portion of a number
INT($N)
(28)Sign Value: N Y N Returns a number that represents the sign of the specified number
SIGN($N)
(29)Concat String1: $String2:
A Y N Concatenates two character strings
CONCAT($A,$A)
(30)Uppercase String: A Y N Returns a character string in upper case
UPPER($A)
(31)Lowercase String: A Y N Returns a character string in lower case
LOWER($A)
(32)To char Expression: $Length: $Scale:
A Y N Converts a value to a character string
CHAR($N,$N,$N)
Name Trad/Arguments
Type Available in function list
Aggregate
Description SQL
Data Access Guide 363
Red Brick
(33)Current date and time
A Y N Returns the current date and time
CURRENT_TIMESTAMP
(34)Current Date
A Y N Returns the current date
CURRENT_DATE
(35)Current time
A Y N Returns the current time
CURRENT_TIME
(36)To date String: D Y N Converts a character string to a date value
DATE($A)
(37)Add Date Date: $Interval: $Date:
D Y N Adds an interval to a datetime value
DATEADD($D,$N,$D)
(38)Date Difference
Date: $date: $Date
N N N Returns the difference between two date values
DATEDIFF($D,$D,$D)
(39)CharDateExtract
Date part: $Datetime expression:
A Y N Extracts part of a date value
DATENAME($A,$A)
(40)NumericDateExtract
Date part: $Datetime expression:
N Y N Extracts part of a date value
EXTRACT($A FROM $D)
(41)Time D N N Creates a time value
TIME()
(42)TimeStamp D N N Creates a timestamp value
TIMESTAMP()
(43)Character prompt
Question: A Y N Prompts the user to enter a specific value
@PROMPT($A,'A',,,)
Name Trad/Arguments
Type Available in function list
Aggregate
Description SQL
364 Data Access Guide
Functions
(44)Numeric prompt
Question: N Y N Prompts the user to enter a specific value
@PROMPT($A,'N',,,)
(45)Date prompt
Question: D Y N Prompts the user to enter a specific value
@PROMPT($A,'D',,,)
(46)Expression Expression: $Expression:
A Y N Converts numeric or datetime values to character strings
STRING($*,$A)
(47)Real Numeric expression:
N Y N Converts an expression into a real value
REAL($A)
(48)NumberToString
Expression: $Length: $Scale:
A Y N Converts an expression into a string
STRING($N, $N, $N)
(49)DateToString
Expression: $Length: $Scale:
A Y N Converts an expression into a string
STRING($D, $N, $N)
(50)Nullif Expression: $Expression:
A N N Compares two expressions
NULLIF($A,$A)
(51)Ntile Numeric: $Integer:
N Y N Determines the rank of a value
NTILE($N,$N)
(52)NumericDayExtract
N Y N Extracts the day part of a date value
EXTRACT(DAY FROM $D)
(53)NumericMonthExtract
N Y N Extracts the month part of a date value
EXTRACT(MONTH FROM $D)
Name Trad/Arguments
Type Available in function list
Aggregate
Description SQL
Data Access Guide 365
Red Brick
(54)NumericYearExtract
N Y N Extracts the year part of a date value
EXTRACT(YEAR FROM $D)
(55)NumericQuarterExtract
N Y N Extracts the quarter part of a date value
EXTRACT(QUARTER FROM $D)
(56)Number to Char
Number: A Y N Converts a number to a character string
NSQL=STRING($N)
(57)Date to Char
Date: A Y N Converts a date to a character string
NSQL=STRING($D)
Name Trad/Arguments
Type Available in function list
Aggregate
Description SQL
366 Data Access Guide
Functions
Sybase Sybase function table
The code for data type (Type) used in the table is as follows:• A = Alphanumeric• N = Numeric• D = Date
Name Trad/Arguments
Type Available in function list
Aggregate
Description SQL
(0)Substring String: $Initial position: $Number of characters:
A Yes No Extracts a sequence of characters from a character string
substring($A,$N,$N)
(1)Uppercase String: A Yes No Returns a character string in upper case
upper($A)
(2)Lowercase String A Yes No Returns a character string in lower case
lower($A)
(3)Rightpart Character String: $Nbr of char. to extract:
A Yes No Returns a specified number of characters from the right of a character string
right($A,$N)
(4)RemoveLeadBlanks
Character String:
A Yes No Removes leading blanks from the character string
ltrim($A)
(5)Absolute Numeric expression:
N Yes No Returns the absolute value of a given expression
abs($N)
Data Access Guide 367
Sybase
(6)Round Number to round: $Precision:
N Yes N Returns a number rounded to n decimal places
round($N,$N)
(7)Sqrt Square root of:
N Yes No Returns the square root of a number
sqrt($N)
(8)Minimum Minimum of: N Yes Yes Selects the minimum value
min($*)
(9)Maximum Maximum of: N Yes Yes Selects the maximum value
max($*)
(10)Average Average of: N Yes Yes Returns the average value
avg($N)
(11)Sum Sum of: N Yes Yes Returns the sum of the values
sum($N)
(12)Count Count of: N Yes Yes Returns the number of values
count($*)
(13)Ceil Numeric expression:
N Yes No Returns the value of a number rounded up to the nearest integer
ceiling($N)
(14)Floor Numeric expression:
N Yes No Returns the value of a number rounded down to the nearest integer
floor($N)
(15)DateExtract
Model: $Date Expression:
A Yes No Extracts part of a date value
Datename($A,$D)
(16)Arc cosine Value: N Yes No Returns the arc cosine of a numeric expression
acos($N)
Name Trad/Arguments
Type Available in function list
Aggregate
Description SQL
368 Data Access Guide
Functions
(17)Arc sine Value: N Yes No Returns the arc sine of a numeric expression
asin($N)
(18)Arc tangent
Value: N Yes No Returns the arc tangent of a numeric expression
atan($N)
(19)Angle Tangent 2
Angle 1: $Angle 2:
N Yes No Returns the angle in radians whose tangent is angle1/angle2
atn2($N,$N)
(20)Cosine Angle: N Yes No Returns the cosine of a number
cos($N)
(21)Sine Angle: N Yes No Returns the sine of a number
sin($N)
(22)Tangent Angle: N Yes No Returns the tangent of a number
tan($N)
(23)Degrees Value: No Yes No Converts radians to degrees
degrees($N)
(24)Exp Value: No Yes No Returns the exponential value of the specified value
exp($N)
(25)Log Value: N Yes No Returns the natural logarithm of the specified value
log($N)
(26)Log10 Value: N Yes No Returns the base 10 logarithm of the specified value
log10($N)
Name Trad/Arguments
Type Available in function list
Aggregate
Description SQL
Data Access Guide 369
Sybase
(27)Power Value: $Power:
N Yes No Returns a value raised to the nth power
power($N,$N)
(28)Radians Value: N No No Converts degrees into radians
radians($N)
(29)Sign Value: N No No Returns a number that represents the sign of the specified number
sign($N)
(30)Random Value: N No No Returns a random number between 0 and 1
rand($N)
(31)Pi N No No Returns the constant value of 3.1415926535897932
pi()
(32)ASCII code
Character: A No No Returns the ASCII code of a character
ascii($C)
(33)Character Value of the character:
A No No Returns the character that corresponds to the ASCII code
char($N)
(34)Charindex Expression: $Object:
N No No Returns the position of an expression in a character string
charindex($A,$A)
(35)Difference Object 1: $Object 2:
N No No Returns the difference between the SOUNDEX value of two objects
difference($A,$A)
Name Trad/Arguments
Type Available in function list
Aggregate
Description SQL
370 Data Access Guide
Functions
(36)Patindex Pattern: $Object:
N No No Returns the position of a character in a character string
patindex($A,$A)
(37)Replicate Expression: $Number of times:
A Yes No Repeats a character expression n number of times
replicate($A,$N)
(38)Reverse Expression: A Yes No Reverses a string of characters
reverse($A)
(39)RemoveTrailBlanks
Character String:
A Yes No Removes trailing blanks from the character string
rtrim($A)
(40)Soundex String: A Yes No Returns a character string representing phonetically the word(s) in the string
soundex($A)
(41)Space Number of times:
A No No Returns a string with the number of blank characters
space($N)
(42)Str A No No Returns a value set to a specific length
str()
(43)Stuff String1: $Initial position: $Number of characters: String2:
A No No Replaces a sequence of characters with other characters
stuff($A,$N,$N,$A)
(44)Conversion
A No No Converts datatypes
Convert()
Name Trad/Arguments
Type Available in function list
Aggregate
Description SQL
Data Access Guide 371
Sybase
(45)Character prompt
Question: A Yes No Prompts the user to enter a specific value
@prompt($A,'A',,,)
(46)Numeric prompt
Question: N Yes No Prompts the user to enter a specific value
@prompt($A,'N',,,)
(47)Date prompt
Question: D Yes No Prompts the user to enter a specific value
@prompt($A,'D',,,)
(48)Case Value: $Expression: $Result1: $Result2:
A No No Returns a value that depends on which of the specified set of conditions is met
CASE $A WHEN $A THEN $A ELSE $A END
(49)Number to Char
Number: A Yes No Converts a number to a character string
convert(char,$N)
(50)Date to Char
Date: A Yes No Converts a date to a character string
convert(char,$D)
Name Trad/Arguments
Type Available in function list
Aggregate
Description SQL
372 Data Access Guide
Functions
TeradataTeradata function table
Name Trad/arguments
Type Available in function list
Aggregate
Description SQL
0 Minimum Minimum of: Numeric Yes Yes Selects the minimum value
min($*)
2 Average Average of: Numeric Yes Yes Returns the average value
avg($N)
3 Sum Sum of: Numeric Yes yes Returns the sum of the values
sum($N)
4 Count Count of: Numeric Yes Yes Counts the number of entries
count($*)
5 Concat String1: $String2:
Alphanumeric
Yes No Concatenates two character strings
{fn concat($A,$A)}
6 Left String: $Length:
Alphanumeric
Yes No Returns a specified number of characters from the left of a character string
{fn left($A,$N)}
7 Length Object: Numeric Yes No Returns the length of a character string
{fn length($A)}
8 Locate Object: $Search:
Numeric Yes No Returns the position of a character in a character string
{fn locate($A,$A)}
9 Rtrim Object: Alphanumeric
Yes No Removes blank characters from the right of a character string
{fn rtrim($A)}
Data Access Guide 373
Teradata
10 Substring
String: $Initial position: $Number of characters:
Alphanumeric
Yes No Extracts a sequence of characters from a character string
{fn substring($A,$N,$N)}
11 Uppercase
String: Alphanumeric
Yes No Returns a character string in upper case
{fn ucase($A)}
12 Absolute
Numeric expression:
Numeric Yes No Returns the absolute value of a given expression
{fn abs($N)}
13 Exp Value: Numeric Yes No Returns the exponential value of the specified value
{fn exp($N)}
14 Log Value: Numeric Yes No Returns the natural logarithm of the specified value
{fn log($N)}
15 Mod Value: $Divided by
Numeric Yes No Returns the remainder of a division
{fn mod($N,$N)}
16 Pi Numeric No No Returns the constant value of 3.1415926535897932
{fn pi()}
17 Sqrt Square root of:
Numeric Yes No Returns the square root of a number
{fn sqrt($N)}
18 Character prompt
Question: Alphanumeric
Yes No Prompts the user to enter a specific value
@prompt($A,'A',,,)
19 Numeric prompt
Question: Numeric Yes No Prompts the user to enter a specific value
@prompt($A,'N',,,)
Name Trad/arguments
Type Available in function list
Aggregate
Description SQL
374 Data Access Guide
Functions
20 Date prompt
Question: Date Yes No Prompts the user to enter a specific value
@prompt($A,'D',,,)
21 RightRemove
Character string:
Alphanumeric
Yes No Removes blank characters from the right of a character string
TRIM (TRAILING FROM $A)
22 LeftRemove
Character string:
Alphanumeric
Yes No Removes blank characters from the left of a character string
TRIM (LEADING FROM $A)
23 RemoveBoth
Character string:
Alphanumeric
Yes No Removes blank characters from the right and left of a character string
TRIM (BOTH FROM $A)
24 Case Value: $Expression: $Result1: $Result2:
Alphanumeric
Yes No Chooses different results based on the value of an expression
CASE $A WHEN $A THEN $A ELSE $A END
25 NullIf Expression1: $Expression2:
Alphanumeric
Yes No Compares two expressions
NULLIF($A, $A)
26 Coalesce
Expression: Alphanumeric
Yes No Returns the value of the first argument that is not NULL
GROUP=NSQL=COALESCE($A)
27 YearExtract
Date: Numeric Yes No Extracts the year part of a date value
EXTRACT(YEAR FROM $D)
Name Trad/arguments
Type Available in function list
Aggregate
Description SQL
Data Access Guide 375
Teradata
28 MonthExtract
Date: Numeric Yes No Extracts the month part of a date value
EXTRACT(MONTH FROM $D)
29 DayExtract
Date: Numeric Yes No Extracts the day part of a date value
EXTRACT(DAY FROM $D)
30 HourExtract
Time: Numeric Yes No Extracts the hour part of a time value
EXTRACT(HOUR FROM $N)
31 MinuteExtract
Time: Numeric Yes No Extracts the minute part of a time value
EXTRACT(MINUTE FROM $N)
32 SecondExtract
Time: Numeric Yes No Extracts the second part of a time value
EXTRACT(SECOND FROM $N)
33 Add months
Date: $Number of months:
Date Yes No Adds a number of months to a date
ADD_MONTHS($D, $N)
34 CurrentDate
Date Yes No Returns the current date
DATE
35 Cumulative sum
Value expression: $Sort expression:
Numeric No No Returns the cumulative sum of the values
CSUM($N,$*)
36 Moving average
Value expression: $Width: $Sort expression:
Numeric No No Returns the moving average of the values for the last n rows
MAVG($N,$N,$*)
Name Trad/arguments
Type Available in function list
Aggregate
Description SQL
376 Data Access Guide
Functions
37 Rank Sort expression:
Numeric No No Returns the rank of a specified value relative to a group of values
RANK($*)
38 Moving sum
Value expression: $Width: $Sort expression list:
Numeric No No Returns the moving sum of the values for the last n rows
MSUM($N,$N,$*)
39 Moving difference
Value expression: $Width: $Sort expression list:
Numeric No No Returns the moving difference of the values for the last n rows
MDIFF($N,$N,$*)
40 Quantile
Quantile constant: $Sort Expression:
Numeric No No Returns the quantile scores for the values in a column
QUANTILE($N,$*)
41 Moving linear regression
Value expression: $Width: $Sort expression:
Numeric No No Returns a predicated value for a column
MLINREG($N,$N,$*)
42 Number to Char
Number: Alphanumeric
Yes No Converts a number to a character string
CAST($N AS CHAR(30))
Name Trad/arguments
Type Available in function list
Aggregate
Description SQL
Data Access Guide 377
Teradata
43 Date to Char
Date: Alphanumeric
Yes No Converts a date to a character string
CAST($D AS CHAR(30))
44 Rank Over
Rank over: $Sort Expression:
Numeric No No Returns an ordered ranking of rows starting with a rank of one
RANK() OVER (PARTITION BY ($*) ORDER BY ($*))
48 Percent Rank Over
Percent Rank over: $Sort Expression:
Numeric No No Returns the relative rank of rows
PERCENT_RANK() OVER (PARTITION BY ($*) ORDER BY ($*))
Name Trad/arguments
Type Available in function list
Aggregate
Description SQL
378 Data Access Guide
Functions
chapter
General Data Access Configuration File Reference
380 Data Access Guide
General Data Access Configuration File Reference
OverviewThis chapter provides a reference for all default parameters in driver.sbo files for the following RDBMS:• IBM DB2• Informix• Microsoft SQL Server• Oracle• Red Brick• Sybase• Teradata• Other parameters
NOTE
If you are using WebIntelligence, you must make sure that any parameters modified in your driver.sbo file are also modified in the cs.cfg file. See individual parameters in this appendix for more information. For more information on configuring data access to WebIntelligence, see WebIntelligence Data Access Configuration File Reference on page 425.
Data Access Guide 381
IBM DB2
IBM DB2ArrayFetch
ArrayFetch=n
Specifies the number of rows retrieved with each fetch.
Values• n — Specifies that n number of rows are retrieved with each fetch.• 1 — Specifies that the array fetch is deactivated.
AsyncModeAsyncMode=0|1
Specifies whether or not to activate the asynchronous mode.
Values• 0 — Asynchronous mode is deactivated. This is the default value.• 1 — Asynchronous mode is activated.
Cost Estimate UnitCost Estimate Unit = 0 | 1
Specifies how the database returns a cost estimate.
Parameter Type Numeric
Syntax ARRAYFETCH=value
Default value
Parameter Type Boolean
Syntax ASYNCMODE=value
Default value
Syntax COST ESTIMATE UNIT=value
Description Any RDBMS supporting the cost estimate
382 Data Access Guide
General Data Access Configuration File Reference
Values• 0 — Returns a cost estimate based on time. This is the default value.• 1 — Returns a cost estimate based on the number of blocks, or other unit
type. The unit type depends on the RDBMS you access.
DriverLevelDriverLevel=1|13|15|31
Specifies the limitations of each driver.• 1 — Specifies that you can only use the driver to create and execute queries.• 13 — Specifies that you can use the driver to create and execute queries, and
to create universe and security domains.• 15 — Specifies that you can use the driver to create the Business Objects
repository, and to create and execute queries.• 31 — Specifies that you can use the driver to create the Business Objects
repository, to create and execute queries, and to access stored procedures.
NOTE
If you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the Driver level parameter in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see DriverLevel on page 398.
InputDateFormatInputDateFormat=\d ‘yyy-mm-dd’|’DD-MM-YYYY HH:MM:SS’|’YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS’|’yyyy-mm-dd HH:mm:ss’|’mm/dd/yyyy hh:m:s am/pm’|’yyyy-mm-dd’
Specifies the default date and hour formats generated in the WHERE clause of a SQL script.
Parameter Type Numeric
Syntax DriverLevel=value
Default value
Parameter Type Alphanumeric
Syntax InputDateFormat=value
Default value 'yyyy-mm-dd HH:mm:ss'
Data Access Guide 383
IBM DB2
Values• 'yyyy-mm-dd HH:mm:ss' — This is the default date and hour formats for IBM
DB2 servers.• Other RDBMS-specific date and time formats.
NOTE
If you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the Input Date Format parameter in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see InputDateFormat on page 399.
IsThreadSafeIsThreadSafe=0|1
Specifies if the driver is safe to accept multi-threading.
Values• 0 — The driver accepts multi-threading.• 1 — The driver does not accept multi-threading.
Pool TimePool Time=0 | -1 | n
Specifies how long a connection should remain open.
Values• 0 — Specifies that the connection is disconnected at the end of the
transaction.• -1 — Specifies that the connection remains open for a whole session.• n — Specifies that the connection remains open for n minutes. This is the
default value (1).
Parameter Type Boolean
Syntax IsThreadSafe=value
Default value
Parameter Type
Syntax Pool Time=value
Default value
384 Data Access Guide
General Data Access Configuration File Reference
RecommendedLenTransfertRecommendedLenTransfert=n
Specifies the number of bytes per block. This parameter is used when exporting a document.
ValuesRDBMS specificNote: For IBM DB2/UDB for OS/390, do not increase the default value above the buffer pool size.
NOTEIf you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the Binary Slice Size in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see Binary Slice Size on page 439.
RemovePVRemovePV=0 | 1
Specifies that semicolons are removed at the end of SQL statements.
Values• 0 — Specifies that semicolons are removed at the end of SQL statements.• 1 — Specifies that semicolons are not removed at the end of SQL statements.
SharedShared=1|2|4
Parameter Type
Syntax Pool Time=value
Default value
Parameter Type Boolean
Syntax RemovePV=value
Default value
Data Access Guide 385
IBM DB2
Specifies the default connection type.
Values• 1 — Specifies that Personal is the default connection type.• 2 — Specifies that Shared is the default connection type.• 4 — Specifies that Secured is the default connection type.
SQL External File
SQL External File indicates the name of the file which stores the SQL sentences. The extension of this file is .rss. You must ensure this file is located in the same directory as the data configuration file (.sbo file).
Values• oracle — for Oracle• sqlsrv — for Microsoft SQL Server • db2udb — for IBM DB2
NOTEIf you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the SQL External File parameter in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see SQL External File on page 403.
Parameter Type Numeric
Syntax Shared=value
Default value 4
Parameter Type String
Syntax SQL External File=value
Default value None
386 Data Access Guide
General Data Access Configuration File Reference
SQL Parameter File
SQL Parameter File indicates the name of the file which stores database parameters. The extension of this file is .prm. You must ensure this file is located in the same directory as the data configuration file (.sbo file).
Values• oracle — for Oracle• sqlsrv — for Microsoft SQL Server• db2udb — for IBM DB2
NOTEIf you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the SQL Parameter File parameter in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see SQL Parameter File on page 404.
Parameter Type String
Syntax SQL Parameter File=value
Default value None
Data Access Guide 387
Informix
InformixAsyncMode
AsyncMode=0|1
Specifies whether or not to activate the asynchronous mode.
Values• 0 — Asynchronous mode is deactivated. This is the default value.• 1 — Asynchronous mode is activated.
ArrayFetchArrayFetch=n
Specifies the number of rows retrieved with each fetch.
Values• n — Specifies that n number of rows are retrieved with each fetch.• 1 — Specifies that the array fetch is deactivated.
SharedShared=1|2|4
Specifies the default connection type.
Parameter Type Boolean
Syntax ASYNCMODE=value
Default value 0
Parameter Type Numeric
Syntax ARRAYFETCH=value
Default value 10
Parameter Type Numeric
Syntax Shared=value
Default value 4
388 Data Access Guide
General Data Access Configuration File Reference
Values• 1 — Specifies that Personal is the default connection type.• 2 — Specifies that Shared is the default connection type.• 4 — Specifies that Secured is the default connection type.
DriverLevelDriverLevel=1|13|15|31
Specifies the limitations of each driver.• 1 — Specifies that you can only use the driver to create and execute queries.• 13 — Specifies that you can use the driver to create and execute queries, and
to create universe and security domains.• 15 — Specifies that you can use the driver to create the Business Objects
repository, and to create and execute queries.• 31 — Specifies that you can use the driver to create the Business Objects
repository, to create and execute queries, and to access stored procedures.
NOTEIf you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the Driver level parameter in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see DriverLevel on page 398.
Pool TimePool Time=0|-1|n
Specifies how long a connection should remain open.
Values• 0 — Specifies that the connection is disconnected at the end of the
Parameter Type Numeric
Syntax DriverLevel=value
Default value 31
Parameter Type
Syntax Pool Time=value
Default value 1
Data Access Guide 389
Informix
transaction.• -1 — Specifies that the connection remains open for a whole session.• n — Specifies that the connection remains open for n minutes. This is the
default value (1).
SQL External File
SQL External File indicates the name of the file which stores the SQL sentences. The extension of this file is .rss. You must ensure this file is located in the same directory as the data configuration file (.sbo file).
NOTEIf you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the SQL External File parameter in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see SQL External File on page 403.
SQL Parameter File
SQL Parameter File indicates the name of the file which stores database parameters. The extension of this file is .prm. You must ensure this file is located in the same directory as the data configuration file (.sbo file).
NOTEIf you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the SQL Parameter File parameter in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see SQL Parameter File on page 404.
InputDateFormatInputDateFormat=\d ‘yyy-mm-dd’|’DD-MM-YYYY HH:MM:SS’|’YYYY-MM-
Parameter Type String
Syntax SQL External File=value
Default value informix
Parameter Type String
Syntax SQL Parameter File=value
Default value informix
390 Data Access Guide
General Data Access Configuration File Reference
DD HH:MM:SS’|’yyyy-mm-dd HH:mm:ss’|’mm/dd/yyyy hh:m:s am/pm’|’yyyy-mm-dd’
Specifies the default date and hour formats generated in the WHERE clause of a SQL script.Values• {\d 'yyyy-mm-dd'} — This is the default date format with ODBC.• 'DD-MM-YYYY HH:MM:SS' — This is the default date and hour formats with
Oracle.• 'yyyy-mm-dd HH:mm:ss' — This is the default date and hour formats with
MS SQL Server and for most IBM DB2 servers.• Other RDBMS-specific date and time formats.
NOTEIf you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the Input Date Format parameter in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see InputDateFormat on page 399.
AuditTimeStampFormatInputDateFormat=’yyyy-mm-dd HH:mm:ss’
Specifies the default date and hour format generated in the WHERE clause of a SQL script used by the WebIntelligence auditing feature.
IsThreadSafeIsThreadSafe=0|1
Parameter Type Alphanumeric
Syntax InputDateFormat=value
Default value MM/DD/YYYY'
Parameter Type Alphanumeric
Syntax AuditTimeStampFormat=value
Default value 'YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS'
Data Access Guide 391
Informix
Specifies if the driver is safe to accept multi-threading.
Values• 0 — The driver accepts multi-threading.• 1 — The driver does not accept multi-threading.
RecommendedLenTransfertRecommendedLenTransfert=n
Specifies the number of bytes per block. This parameter is used when exporting a document.
NOTEIf you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the Binary Slice Size in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see Binary Slice Size on page 439.
Parameter Type Boolean
Syntax IsThreadSafe=value
Default value 1
Parameter Type
Syntax RecommendedLenTransfert=value
Default value 30000
392 Data Access Guide
General Data Access Configuration File Reference
Microsoft SQL ServerArrayFetch
ArrayFetch=n
Specifies the number of rows retrieved with each fetch.
Values• n — Specifies that n number of rows are retrieved with each fetch.• 1 — Specifies that the array fetch is deactivated.
AsyncModeAsyncMode=0|1
Specifies whether or not to activate the asynchronous mode.
Values• 0 — Asynchronous mode is deactivated. This is the default value.• 1 — Asynchronous mode is activated.
DriverLevelDriverLevel=1|13|15|31
Specifies the limitations of each driver.• 1 — Specifies that you can only use the driver to create and execute queries.• 13 — Specifies that you can use the driver to create and execute queries, and
Parameter Type Numeric
Syntax ARRAYFETCH=value
Default value
Parameter Type Boolean
Syntax ASYNCMODE=value
Default value
Parameter Type Numeric
Syntax DriverLevel=value
Default value
Data Access Guide 393
Microsoft SQL Server
to create universe and security domains.• 15 — Specifies that you can use the driver to create the Business Objects
repository, and to create and execute queries.• 31 — Specifies that you can use the driver to create the Business Objects
repository, to create and execute queries, and to access stored procedures.
NOTEIf you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the Driver level parameter in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see DriverLevel on page 398.
InputDateFormatInputDateFormat=\d ‘yyy-mm-dd’|’DD-MM-YYYY HH:MM:SS’|’YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS’|’yyyy-mm-dd HH:mm:ss’|’mm/dd/yyyy hh:m:s am/pm’|’yyyy-mm-dd’
Specifies the default date and hour formats generated in the WHERE clause of a SQL script.Values• {\d 'yyyy-mm-dd'} — This is the default date format with ODBC.• 'DD-MM-YYYY HH:MM:SS' — This is the default date and hour formats with
Oracle.• 'yyyy-mm-dd HH:mm:ss' — This is the default date and hour formats with
MS SQL Server and for most IBM DB2 servers.• Other RDBMS-specific date and time formats.
NOTE
If you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the Input Date Format parameter in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see InputDateFormat on page 399.
IsThreadSafeIsThreadSafe=0|1
Parameter Type Alphanumeric
Syntax InputDateFormat=value
Default value
394 Data Access Guide
General Data Access Configuration File Reference
Specifies if the driver is safe to accept multi-threading.
Values• 0 — The driver accepts multi-threading.• 1 — The driver does not accept multi-threading.
Pool TimePool Time=0|-1|n
Specifies how long a connection should remain open.
Values• 0 — Specifies that the connection is disconnected at the end of the
transaction.• -1 — Specifies that the connection remains open for a whole session.• n — Specifies that the connection remains open for n minutes. This is the
default value (1).
SharedShared=1|2|4
Specifies the default connection type.
Parameter Type Boolean
Syntax IsThreadSafe=value
Default value
Parameter Type
Syntax Pool Time=value
Default value
Parameter Type Numeric
Syntax Shared=value
Default value 4
Data Access Guide 395
Microsoft SQL Server
Values• 1 — Specifies that Personal is the default connection type.• 2 — Specifies that Shared is the default connection type.• 4 — Specifies that Secured is the default connection type.
SQL External File
SQL External File indicates the name of the file which stores the SQL sentences. The extension of this file is .rss. You must ensure this file is located in the same directory as the data configuration file (.sbo file).
Values• oracle — for Oracle• sqlsrv — for Microsoft SQL Server • db2udb — for IBM DB2
NOTEIf you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the SQL External File parameter in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see SQL External File on page 403.
SQL Parameter File
SQL Parameter File indicates the name of the file which stores database parameters. The extension of this file is .prm. You must ensure this file is located in the same directory as the data configuration file (.sbo file).
Parameter Type String
Syntax SQL External File=value
Default value None
Parameter Type String
Syntax SQL Parameter File=value
Default value None
396 Data Access Guide
General Data Access Configuration File Reference
Values• oracle — for Oracle• sqlsrv — for Microsoft SQL Server• db2udb — for IBM DB2• db2as400 — for IBM DB2 UDB AS/400
NOTEIf you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the SQL Parameter File parameter in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see SQL Parameter File on page 404.
TxnIsolationTxnIsolation=0 | 1 | 2 | 4 | 8
Specifies the isolation level for your connection. The database isolation level defines how to protect one transaction from other transactions that are executed simultaneously.
Values • 0=none Specifies that the isolation is not used.• 1=read uncommitted Provides no isolation.• 2=read committed Specifies that each row is committed once it is retrieved.• 4=repeatable read Specifies that each row has a shared lock during a
transaction.Another process may acquire a shared lock, but no other transaction may modify the selected row until the previous transaction is committed or rolled back.
• 8=serializable Specifies that each row has a shared lock during a transaction.Another process may acquire a shared lock, but no other transaction may modify the selected row until the previous transaction is committed or rolled back. Serializable is used for an ANSI-compliant database.
This parameter is in the odbc.sbo file, and appears in the connectivity Custom tab.
Parameter Type Numeric
Syntax TxnIsolation=value
Default value
Data Access Guide 397
Oracle
OracleArrayFetch
ArrayFetch=n
Specifies the number of rows retrieved with each fetch.
Values• n — Specifies that n number of rows are retrieved with each fetch.• 1 — Specifies that the array fetch is deactivated.
AsyncModeAsyncMode=0|1
Specifies whether or not to activate the asynchronous mode.
Values• 0 — Asynchronous mode is deactivated. This is the default value.• 1 — Asynchronous mode is activated.
AutoCommitAutoCommit=0|1|2
Controls when a database commits pending changes.
Parameter Type Numeric
Syntax ARRAYFETCH=value
Default value
Parameter Type Boolean
Syntax ASYNCMODE=value
Default value
Parameter Type ??
Syntax AUTOCOMMIT=value
Default value
398 Data Access Guide
General Data Access Configuration File Reference
Values• 0 — Specifies that the autocommit feature is deactivated. SQL statements are
committed by blocks of SQL.• 1 — Specifies that each SQL statement is immediately committed. With this
mode, a transaction contains only one SQL statement. • 2 — Specifies that the autocommit feature of the middleware is applied.
Cost Estimate UnitCost Estimate Unit = 0 | 1
Specifies how the database returns a cost estimate.
Values• 0 — Returns a cost estimate based on time. This is the default value.• 1 — Returns a cost estimate based on the number of blocks, or other unit
type. The unit type depends on the RDBMS you access.
DriverLevelDriverLevel=1|13|15|31
Specifies the limitations of each driver.• 1 — Specifies that you can only use the driver to create and execute queries.• 13 — Specifies that you can use the driver to create and execute queries, and
to create universe and security domains.• 15 — Specifies that you can use the driver to create the Business Objects
repository, and to create and execute queries.• 31 — Specifies that you can use the driver to create the Business Objects
repository, to create and execute queries, and to access stored procedures.
Syntax COST ESTIMATE UNIT=value
Description Any RDBMS supporting the cost estimate
Parameter Type Numeric
Syntax DriverLevel=value
Default value
Data Access Guide 399
Oracle
NOTE
If you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the Driver level parameter in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see DriverLevel on page 398.
InitDateFormatInitDateFormat=’DD-MM-YYYY HH24:MI:SS’
Specifies the default date and hour formats stored on the server.
Values• ‘DD-MM-YYYY HH24:MI:SS'• other default values, check with your Oracle administrator for more
information.
InitNumericSeparatorInitNumericSeparator=’.,’ | ‘,’
Specifies the default decimal separator stored on the server.
Values• '.,'• ‘,’
InputDateFormatInputDateFormat=\d ‘yyy-mm-dd’|’DD-MM-YYYY HH:MM:SS’|’YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS’|’yyyy-mm-dd HH:mm:ss’|’mm/dd/yyyy hh:m:s am/pm’|’yyyy-mm-dd’
Parameter Type
Syntax InitDateFormat=value
Default value
Parameter Type Alphanumeric
Syntax InitNumericSeparator=value
Default value '.,'
400 Data Access Guide
General Data Access Configuration File Reference
Specifies the default date and hour formats generated in the WHERE clause of a SQL script.
Values• {\d 'yyyy-mm-dd'} — This is the default date format with ODBC.• 'DD-MM-YYYY HH:MM:SS' — This is the default date and hour formats with
Oracle.• 'yyyy-mm-dd HH:mm:ss' — This is the default date and hour formats with
MS SQL Server and for most IBM DB2 servers.• Other RDBMS-specific date and time formats.
NOTEIf you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the Input Date Format parameter in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see InputDateFormat on page 382.
IsThreadSafeIsThreadSafe=0|1
Specifies if the driver is safe to accept multi-threading.
Values• 0 — The driver accepts multi-threading.• 1 — The driver does not accept multi-threading.
Lock ModeLock Mode=0 | 4
Parameter Type Alphanumeric
Syntax InputDateFormat=value
Default value
Parameter Type Boolean
Syntax IsThreadSafe=value
Default value
Data Access Guide 401
Oracle
Specifies whether to wait for resources or return with an error if they are not available.
Values• 0 — Wait indefinitely if resources are not available.• 4 — Display an error message whenever a resource is requested but not
available.
Pool TimePool Time=0 | -1 | n
Specifies how long a connection should remain open.
Values• 0 — Specifies that the connection is disconnected at the end of the
transaction.• -1 — Specifies that the connection remains open for a whole session.• n — Specifies that the connection remains open for n minutes. This is the
default value (1).
RecommendedLenTransfertRecommendedLenTransfert=n
Specifies the number of bytes per block. This parameter is used when exporting a document.
Parameter Type Boolean
Syntax Lock Mode=value
Default value 4
Parameter Type
Syntax Pool Time=value
Default value
Parameter Type
Syntax RecommendedLenTransfert=value
Default value
402 Data Access Guide
General Data Access Configuration File Reference
ValuesRDBMS specificNote: For IBM DB2/UDB for OS/390, do not increase the default value above the buffer pool size.
NOTEIf you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the Binary Slice Size in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see Binary Slice Size on page 439.
RemovePVRemovePV=0|1
Specifies that semicolons are removed at the end of SQL statements.
Values• 0 — Specifies that semicolons are removed at the end of SQL statements.• 1 — Specifies that semicolons are not removed at the end of SQL statements.
RunInitRunInit=0|1
Specifies whether or not to run an ALTER SESSION for the active connection.
Values• 0 — Specifies that an ALTER SESSION for the active connection is not run.
In this case, the InitDateFormat parameter is not used.• 1 — Specifies that an ALTER SESSION is run for the active connection.
SharedShared=1|2|4
Parameter Type Boolean
Syntax RemovePV=value
Default value
Parameter Type Boolean
Syntax RunInit=value
Default value
Data Access Guide 403
Oracle
Specifies the default connection type.
Values• 1 — Specifies that Personal is the default connection type.• 2 — Specifies that Shared is the default connection type.• 4 — Specifies that Secured is the default connection type.
SQL External File
SQL External File indicates the name of the file which stores the SQL sentences. The extension of this file is .rss. You must ensure this file is located in the same directory as the data configuration file (.sbo file).
Values• oracle — for Oracle• sqlsrv — for Microsoft SQL Server • db2udb — for IBM DB2
NOTEIf you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the SQL External File parameter in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see SQL External File on page 403.
Parameter Type Numeric
Syntax Shared=value
Default value 4
Parameter Type String
Syntax SQL External File=value
Default value None
404 Data Access Guide
General Data Access Configuration File Reference
SQL Parameter File
SQL Parameter File indicates the name of the file which stores database parameters. The extension of this file is .prm. You must ensure this file is located in the same directory as the data configuration file (.sbo file).
Values• oracle — for Oracle• sqlsrv — for Microsoft SQL Server• db2udb — for IBM DB2
NOTEIf you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the SQL Parameter File parameter in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see SQL Parameter File on page 404.
Parameter Type String
Syntax SQL Parameter File=value
Default value None
Data Access Guide 405
Red Brick
Red BrickRed Brick uses the ODBC.SBO file for connection default values.
ArrayFetchArrayFetch=n
Specifies the number of rows retrieved with each fetch.
Values• n — Specifies that n number of rows are retrieved with each fetch.• 1 — Specifies that the array fetch is deactivated.
Pool TimePool Time=0|-1|n
Specifies how long a connection should remain open.
Values• 0 — Specifies that the connection is disconnected at the end of the
transaction.• -1 — Specifies that the connection remains open for a whole session.• n — Specifies that the connection remains open for n minutes. This is the
default value (1).
DriverLevelDriverLevel=1|13|15|31
Parameter Type Numeric
Syntax ARRAYFETCH=value
Default value 1
Parameter Type
Syntax Pool Time=value
Default value 1
406 Data Access Guide
General Data Access Configuration File Reference
Specifies the limitations of each driver.• 1 — Specifies that you can only use the driver to create and execute queries.• 13 — Specifies that you can use the driver to create and execute queries, and
to create universe and security domains.• 15 — Specifies that you can use the driver to create the Business Objects
repository, and to create and execute queries.• 31 — Specifies that you can use the driver to create the Business Objects
repository, to create and execute queries, and to access stored procedures.
NOTEIf you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the Driver level parameter in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see DriverLevel on page 398.
SQL External File
SQL External File indicates the name of the file which stores the SQL sentences. The extension of this file is .rss. You must ensure this file is located in the same directory as the data configuration file (.sbo file).
NOTE
If you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the SQL External File parameter in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see SQL External File on page 403.
Parameter Type Numeric
Syntax DriverLevel=value
Default value 1
Parameter Type String
Syntax SQL External File=value
Default value redbrick
Data Access Guide 407
Red Brick
SQL Parameter File
SQL Parameter File indicates the name of the file which stores database parameters. The extension of this file is .prm. You must ensure this file is located in the same directory as the data configuration file (.sbo file).
NOTEIf you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the SQL Parameter File parameter in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see SQL Parameter File on page 404.
LongVarcharNotSupportedLOngVarCharNotSupported=1|0
Specifies whether or not documents can be exported containing LONG VARCHAR and LONG VARBINARY datatypes.
Values• 0 — Specifies that documents containing LONG VARCHAR and LONG
VARBINARY datatypes can be exported.• 1 — Specifies that documents containing LONG VARCHAR and LONG
VARBINARY datatypes cannot be exported.
RecommendedLenTransfertRecommendedLenTransfert=n
Parameter Type String
Syntax SQL Parameter File=value
Default value redbrick
Parameter Type
Syntax LongVarCharNotSupported=value
Default value 1
408 Data Access Guide
General Data Access Configuration File Reference
Specifies the number of bytes per block. This parameter is used when exporting a document.
NOTEIf you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the Binary Slice Size in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see Binary Slice Size on page 439.
Parameter Type
Syntax RecommendedLenTransfert=value
Default value 124
Data Access Guide 409
Sybase
SybaseAutoCommit
AutoCommit=0|1|2
Controls when a database commits pending changes.
Values• 0 — Specifies that the autocommit feature is deactivated. SQL statements are
committed by blocks of SQL.• 1 — Specifies that each SQL statement is immediately committed. With this
mode, a transaction contains only one SQL statement. • 2 — Specifies that the autocommit feature of the middleware is applied.
AsyncModeAsyncMode=0|1
Specifies whether or not to activate the asynchronous mode.
Values• 0 — Asynchronous mode is deactivated. This is the default value.• 1 — Asynchronous mode is activated.
ArrayFetchArrayFetch=n
Parameter Type
Syntax AUTOCOMMIT=value
Default value 0
Parameter Type Boolean
Syntax ASYNCMODE=value
Default value 0
410 Data Access Guide
General Data Access Configuration File Reference
Specifies the number of rows retrieved with each fetch.
Values• n — Specifies that n number of rows are retrieved with each fetch.• 1 — Specifies that the array fetch is deactivated.
SharedShared=1|2|4
Specifies the default connection type.
Values• 1 — Specifies that Personal is the default connection type.• 2 — Specifies that Shared is the default connection type.• 4 — Specifies that Secured is the default connection type.
Pool TimePool Time=0|-1|n
Specifies how long a connection should remain open.
Values• 0 — Specifies that the connection is disconnected at the end of the
transaction.• -1 — Specifies that the connection remains open for a whole session.• n — Specifies that the connection remains open for n minutes. This is the
Parameter Type Numeric
Syntax ARRAYFETCH=value
Default value 50
Parameter Type Numeric
Syntax Shared=value
Default value 4
Parameter Type
Syntax Pool Time=value
Default value 1
Data Access Guide 411
Sybase
default value (1).
DriverLevelDriverLevel=1|13|15|31
Specifies the limitations of each driver.• 1 — Specifies that you can only use the driver to create and execute queries.• 13 — Specifies that you can use the driver to create and execute queries, and
to create universe and security domains.• 15 — Specifies that you can use the driver to create the Business Objects
repository, and to create and execute queries.• 31 — Specifies that you can use the driver to create the Business Objects
repository, to create and execute queries, and to access stored procedures.
NOTEIf you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the Driver level parameter in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see DriverLevel on page 398.
SQL External File
SQL External File indicates the name of the file which stores the SQL sentences. The extension of this file is .rss. You must ensure this file is located in the same directory as the data configuration file (.sbo file).
NOTEIf you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the SQL External File parameter in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see SQL External File on page 403.
Parameter Type Numeric
Syntax DriverLevel=value
Default value 31
Parameter Type String
Syntax SQL External File=value
Default value sybase
412 Data Access Guide
General Data Access Configuration File Reference
SQL Parameter File
SQL Parameter File indicates the name of the file which stores database parameters. The extension of this file is .prm. You must ensure this file is located in the same directory as the data configuration file (.sbo file).
NOTEIf you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the SQL Parameter File parameter in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see SQL Parameter File on page 404.
InputDateFormatInputDateFormat=’mm/dd/yyyy hh:m:s am/pm’
Specifies the default date and hour formats generated in the WHERE clause of a SQL script.
NOTEIf you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the Input Date Format parameter in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see InputDateFormat on page 399.
AuditTimeStampFormatInputDateFormat=mm/dd/yyyy hh:mm:ss am/pm'
Parameter Type String
Syntax SQL Parameter File=value
Default value sybase
Parameter Type Alphanumeric
Syntax InputDateFormat=value
Default value mm/dd/yyyy hh:m:s am/pm
Data Access Guide 413
Sybase
Specifies the default date and hour format generated in the WHERE clause of a SQL script used by the WebIntelligence auditing feature.
Password_EncryptionPassword_Encryption=’mm/dd/yyyy hh:m:s am/pm’
Specifies whether or not to use the encryption password mechanism of the middleware for the password entered in the connection dialog box.
Values• 1— Specifies that the encryption password mechanism of the middleware is
used.• 0 — Specifies that the encryption password mechanism of the middleware is
not used.
IsThreadSafeIsThreadSafe=0|1
Specifies if the driver is safe to accept multi-threading.
Values• 0 — The driver accepts multi-threading.• 1 — The driver does not accept multi-threading.
IsMdwThreadSafeIsThreadSafe=0|1
Parameter Type Alphanumeric
Syntax AuditTimeStampFormat=value
Default value mm/dd/yyyy hh:mm:ss am/pm'
Syntax Password_Encryption=value
Default value 1
Parameter Type Boolean
Syntax IsThreadSafe=value
Default value 1
414 Data Access Guide
General Data Access Configuration File Reference
Specifies if the middleware is thread-safe.
Values• Y— Specifies that the middleware is thread-safe. This is the default value.• N— Specifies that the middleware is not thread-safe.
IsParseSupportedIsparseSupported=Y|N
Specifies if users are authorized to parse SQL statements.
Values• Y— Specifies that users are authorized to parse SQL statements. This is the
default value.• N— Specifies that users are not authorized to parse SQL statements.This parameter is used by the MDI gateway and DirectCONNECT gateway, and is found in the sybase.sbo file.
IsBindSupportedIsBindSupported=Y|N
Specifies if the middleware supports binding.
Parameter Type Boolean
Syntax MdwThreadSafe=value
Default value Y
Parameter Type Boolean
Syntax IsThreadSafe=value
Default value Y
Parameter Type Boolean
Syntax IsBindSupported=value
Default value Y
Data Access Guide 415
Sybase
Values• Y— Specifies that the middleware supports binding. This is the default value.• N— Specifies that the middleware does not supports binding.
BeginTranSyntaxBeginTransSyntax=BEGIN TRAN
Specifies whether or not to use the Sybase BEGIN TRANSACTION command to start a transaction block.
Values• BEGIN TRAN— Uses the Sybase BEGIN TRANSACTION command to start
a transaction. This is the default value.• no value— Ignores the Sybase begin transaction syntax. This is necessary
when a Sybase gateway accesses an IBM DB2/390 database.
RollbackTranSyntaxRollbackTranSyntax=ROLLBACK TRAN
Specifies if the Sybase ROLLBACK TRANSACTION command is used to undo work done in the current transaction.
Values• ROLLBACK TRAN — Uses the Sybase BEGIN TRANSACTION command to
start a transaction. This is the default value.• ROLLBACK— Uses the IBM DB2/390 ROLLBACK command to undo a
transaction. This value is necessary when a Sybase gateway accesses an IBM DB2/390 database.
CommitTranSyntaxCommitTranSyntax=COMMIT TRAN
Syntax BeginTransSyntax=value
Default value BEGIN TRAN
Syntax BeginTransSyntax=value
Default value ROLLBACK TRAN
416 Data Access Guide
General Data Access Configuration File Reference
Specifies whether or not to use the Sybase COMMIT TRANSACTION command to end a transaction and permanently accept all the defined changes in the transaction.
Values• COMMIT TRAN — Uses the Sybase COMMIT TRANSACTION command to
end a transaction. This is the default value.• COMMIT— Uses the IBM DB2/390 COMMIT command to end a transaction.
This value is necessary when a Sybase gateway accesses an IBM DB2/390 database.
RecommendedLenTransfertRecommendedLenTransfert=n
Specifies the number of bytes per block. This parameter is used when exporting a document.
NOTEIf you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the Binary Slice Size in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see Binary Slice Size on page 439.
Syntax CommitTransSyntax=value
Default value ROLLBACK TRAN
Parameter Type
Syntax RecommendedLenTransfert=value
Default value 32000
Data Access Guide 417
Teradata
TeradataAsyncMode
AsyncMode=0|1
Specifies whether or not to activate the asynchronous mode.
Values• 0 — Asynchronous mode is deactivated. This is the default value.• 1 — Asynchronous mode is activated.
ArrayFetchArrayFetch=n
Specifies the number of rows retrieved with each fetch.
Values• n — Specifies that n number of rows are retrieved with each fetch.• 1 — Specifies that the array fetch is deactivated.
SharedShared=1|2|4
Specifies the default connection type.
Parameter Type Boolean
Syntax ASYNCMODE=value
Default value
Parameter Type Numeric
Syntax ARRAYFETCH=value
Default value
Parameter Type Numeric
Syntax Shared=value
Default value 4
418 Data Access Guide
General Data Access Configuration File Reference
Values• 1 — Specifies that Personal is the default connection type.• 2 — Specifies that Shared is the default connection type.• 4 — Specifies that Secured is the default connection type.
Pool TimePool Time=0|-1|n
Specifies how long a connection should remain open.
Values• 0 — Specifies that the connection is disconnected at the end of the
transaction.• -1 — Specifies that the connection remains open for a whole session.• n — Specifies that the connection remains open for n minutes. This is the
default value (1).
DriverLevelDriverLevel=1|13|15|31
Specifies the limitations of each driver.• 1 — Specifies that you can only use the driver to create and execute queries.• 13 — Specifies that you can use the driver to create and execute queries, and
to create universe and security domains.• 15 — Specifies that you can use the driver to create the Business Objects
repository, and to create and execute queries.• 31 — Specifies that you can use the driver to create the Business Objects
repository, to create and execute queries, and to access stored procedures.
Parameter Type
Syntax Pool Time=value
Default value
Parameter Type Numeric
Syntax DriverLevel=value
Default value
Data Access Guide 419
Teradata
NOTE
If you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the Driver level parameter in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see DriverLevel on page 398.
SQL External File
SQL External File indicates the name of the file which stores the SQL sentences. The extension of this file is .rss. You must ensure this file is located in the same directory as the data configuration file (.sbo file).
Values• oracle — for Oracle• teradata — for Teradata• sqlsrv — for Microsoft SQL Server • db2udb — for IBM DB2
NOTEIf you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the SQL External File parameter in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see SQL External File on page 403.
SQL Parameter File
SQL Parameter File indicates the name of the file which stores database parameters. The extension of this file is .prm. You must ensure this file is located in the same directory as the data configuration file (.sbo file).
Parameter Type String
Syntax SQL External File=value
Default value None
Parameter Type String
Syntax SQL Parameter File=value
Default value None
420 Data Access Guide
General Data Access Configuration File Reference
Values• oracle — for Oracle• teradata — for Teradata• sqlsrv — for Microsoft SQL Server• db2udb — for IBM DB2
NOTEIf you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the SQL Parameter File parameter in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see SQL Parameter File on page 404.
InputDateFormatInputDateFormat=\d ‘yyy-mm-dd’|’DD-MM-YYYY HH:MM:SS’|’YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS’|’yyyy-mm-dd HH:mm:ss’|’mm/dd/yyyy hh:m:s am/pm’|’yyyy-mm-dd’
Specifies the default date and hour formats generated in the WHERE clause of a SQL script.Values• {\d 'yyyy-mm-dd'} — This is the default date format with ODBC.• 'DD-MM-YYYY HH:MM:SS' — This is the default date and hour formats with
Oracle.• 'yyyy-mm-dd HH:mm:ss' — This is the default date and hour formats with
MS SQL Server and for most IBM DB2 servers.• Other RDBMS-specific date and time formats.
NOTEIf you are using WebIntelligence, you must also modify the Input Date Format parameter in the cs.cfg file. For more information, see InputDateFormat on page 399.
Parameter Type Alphanumeric
Syntax InputDateFormat=value
Default value
Data Access Guide 421
Teradata
RecommendedLenTransfertSpecifies the number of bytes per block. This parameter is used when exporting a document.Possible Values Default Values The entered values are database specific. Check your appropriate driver.sbo file for your database default value.Notes: If RecommendedLenTransfert=0, the value will be 254.This parameter is found in most driver.sbo files, and appears in the connectivity Custom tab.
ExampleRecommendedLenTransfert=20480
IsThreadSafeIsThreadSafe=0|1
Specifies if the driver is safe to accept multi-threading.
Values• 0 — The driver accepts multi-threading.• 1 — The driver does not accept multi-threading.
Cost Estimate UnitCost Estimate Unit = 0 | 1
Specifies how the database returns a cost estimate.
Values• 0 — Returns a cost estimate based on time. This is the default value.• 1 — Returns a cost estimate based on the number of blocks, or other unit
Parameter Type Boolean
Syntax IsThreadSafe=value
Default value
Syntax COST ESTIMATE UNIT=value
Description Any RDBMS supporting the cost estimate
422 Data Access Guide
General Data Access Configuration File Reference
type. The unit type depends on the RDBMS you access.
Data Access Guide 423
Other parameters
Other parametersSQL DDL File
SQL DDL File= value |
SQL DDL File indicates the name of the file which stores the SQL sentences. The extension of this file is .sql. You must ensure this file is located in the same directory as the data configuration file (.sbo file).If you want to add prefixes or suffixes to the tables created with the repository, use this parameter.
Values• oracle — for Oracle• sqlsrv — for Microsoft SQL Server • db2udb — for IBM DB2 • no value — Indicates that you use the SQL script which is encapsulated in the
driver.rss file.
Parameter Type String
Syntax SQL DDL File=value
Default value
424 Data Access Guide
General Data Access Configuration File Reference
chapter
WebIntelligence Data Access Configuration File Reference
426 Data Access Guide
WebIntelligence Data Access Configuration File Reference
OverviewThis chapter provides a reference for all parameters you may find in configuring WebIntelligence. There are three sections:• Configuration• Common parameters• Parameters supported by all ODBC driversThe following tables lists the parameter types:
Parameter type DescriptionBoolean Accepted values are true/false or yes/no.
The value in not case sensitive.
Numeric Accepted values are numbers.
String Accepted values are characters.
Enum Accepted values are enumerated in the guide.
Data Access Guide 427
Configuration
ConfigurationConnection Server connects your RDBMS to WebIntelligence. In WebIntelligence, you can configure your drivers at the global level or the driver level.For WebIntelligence global connections, the following files are in:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6\dataAccess\RDBMS\connectionServer:
There are other files in this directory but they not currently modifiable. They are required for full functionality, so do not remove them.
File name Descriptioncs.cfg Stores all configuration parameters for the global
configuration of Connection Server. For more information, see Global level on page 429.
driver.cfg Stores the network layer information. This file is updated during the Business Objects installation.
428 Data Access Guide
WebIntelligence Data Access Configuration File Reference
For WebIntelligence RDBMS-specific connections, the following files are in:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6 \dataAccess\RDBMS\connectionServer\<RDBMS>
where <RDBMS> is the name of your RDBMS:
There are other files in these directories but they not currently modifiable. They are required for full functionality, so do not remove them.
File name Descriptiondriver.sbo Defines all databases supported and
the specific connectivity configuration for each database.
driver.prm Defines the information—parameters and functions—related to database. For more information, see the section Modifying the Parameter Files in Creating a Connection to a Database on Windows, , or .
driver.rss Stores information for Business Objects driver configuration and SQL sentences for repository management.
driver.cod Stores information related to connection definitions.Warning: Do not modify this file.
Data Access Guide 429
Configuration
Global levelYou can set default values for all drivers in the DRIVER DEFAULTS section of the cs.cfg file. This file is stored at:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6 \dataAccess\RDBMS\connectionServer
Structure of the cs.cfg fileThe cs.cfg file is an XML file. The DTD for the file is in the same directory. Make sure that, when modifying the XML file, the cs.dtd is accessible.There are five sections in the cs.cfg XML file:• Locales• Settings• Distribution• DriverDefaults• Traces
LocalesIn this section, the charset for each language is defined.
EXAMPLELocal section<Locales>
<Locale>
<Language>en</Language>
<CharSet Platform="MSWindows">CP1252</CharSet>
<CharSet Platform="Unix">ISO-8859-1</CharSet>
</Locale>
</Locales>
SettingsThere are two subsections within the Settings section, Library and Server. Server is not currently used. Only modify parameters within the Library tags.You can modify several settings in this section:
430 Data Access Guide
WebIntelligence Data Access Configuration File Reference
Setting DescriptionLoad Drivers On Startup Determines installation of drivers.
Values:Yes — All installed drivers are loaded during the initialization phase.No — Drivers are loaded on demand.
Enable Failed Load Determines the level of error incurred by a failed driver load.Yes — If a driver fails to load, it is not a fatal error.No — If a driver fails to load, it is a fatal error.
Config File Extension Determines the file extension for configuration files.The default is sbo.
SQL Parameter Extension Determines the file extension for parameter files. The default is prm.
SQL External Extension Determines the file extension for external SQL files. The default is rss.
Strategies Extension Determines the extension for strategy files.The default is stg.
Description Extension Determines the extension for the connection description files.The default is cod.Do not change this value.
Charset List Extension Determines the extension for character set files.The default is crs.
Data Access Guide 431
Configuration
EXAMPLE
<Settings>
<Parameter Name="Load Drivers On Startup">No</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="Enable Failed Load">Yes</Parameter>
<Library/>
<Server>
<Parameter Name="Load Drivers On Startup">Yes</Parameter>
</Server>
</Settings>
DistributionThis section is not currently used.
DriverDefaultsThis section allows you to set default values for driver configuration parameters. The values could be overridden in driver.sbo files.
EXAMPLE
<DriverDefaults>
<Parameter Name="Array Fetch Available">No</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="Array Fetch Size">10</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="Array Bind Available">No</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="Array Bind Size">5</Parameter>
</DriverDefaults>
TracesIn this section, you can configure Connection Server traces.Traces are activated at the middleware level. The default value is Active=”No”.<Trace Name=”Oracle” Active=”No”/>
432 Data Access Guide
WebIntelligence Data Access Configuration File Reference
Modify the Active portion of the <Trace> tag to activate the trace. The attribute ClassID of tag Traces is for internal purposes. Do not change the ClassID tag.
EXAMPLETo activate traces for Oracle and Microsoft:<Traces ClassID="csTRACELOG">
<Trace Name="MiddleWare" Active="Yes">
<Trace Name="Oracle" Active="Yes"/>
<Trace Name="DB2" Active="No"/>
<Trace Name="DB2/iSeries" Active="No"/>
<Trace Name="ODBC2" Active="No"/>
</Trace>
</Traces>
Driver levelYou can set values for all database targets defined in the DEFAULTS section of the driver.sbo file. You can find this in:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6 \dataAccess\RDBMS\connectionServer\<RDBMS>
where <RDBMS> is the name of your RDBMS.
The structure of the driver.sbo fileThe driver.sbo file is a text file. It has the same structure as the driver.sbo file for BusinessObjects, Designer, Supervisor, and other Business Objects products.
The structure of the driveren.prm fileThis file defines the information—parameters and functions—related to database.The driveren.prm file is an XML file. The DTD for the file is in:<BO Path>\BusinessObjects Enterprise 6 \dataAccess\RDBMS\connectionServer\
Make sure that, when modifying the XML file, the dbparameters_localization.dtd file is accessible.There are four sections in the driveren.prm XML file:
Data Access Guide 433
Configuration
ConfigurationThis section defines the parameters for SQL generation. Each parameter is enclosed in a <Parameter> tag. The attribute Name specifies the name of the parameter. The data of the <Parameter> tag, the value in between the tags, is the value of the parameter.
EXAMPLE
<Configuration>
<Parameter Name="SORT_BY_NO">NO</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="GROUPBYCOL">NO</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="EXT_JOIN">YES</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="EXT_JOIN_INVERT">YES</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="LEFT_OUTER">$(+)</Parameter>
<Parameter Name="RIGHT_OUTER">$(+)</Parameter>
</Configuration>
DateOperationsThis section contains date-related functions. Each parameter is enclosed in a <DateOperation> tag. The attribute Name specifies the name of the parameter.
EXAMPLE
<DateOperations>
<DateOperation Name="YEAR">TO_NUMBER(TO_CHAR($D,'YYYY'))</DateOperation>
<DateOperation Name="QUARTER">TO_NUMBER(TO_CHAR($D,'Q'))</DateOperation>
<DateOperation Name="MONTH">TO_NUMBER(TO_CHAR($D,'MM'))</DateOperation>
</DateOperations>
OperatorsThis section contains the operators available in the database.
434 Data Access Guide
WebIntelligence Data Access Configuration File Reference
Each operator is enclosed in an <Operator> tag. The following attributes are available with an <Operator> tag:
EXAMPLE
<Operators>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="ADD" Type="Numeric">+</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="SUBSTRACT" Type="Numeric">-</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="MULTIPLY" Type="Numeric">*</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="DIVIDE" Type="Numeric">/</Operator>
<Operator Arity="1" ID="CONCAT" Type="Char">||</Operator>
<Operator Arity="0" ID="NULL" Type="Logical">IS NULL</Operator>
</Operators>
Attribute DescriptionArity The number of arguments the operator
takes.
Type The type of operator. The following are possible values:• Numeric• Char• String• DateTime• Logical• All
ID The identifier of the operator.
Data Access Guide 435
Configuration
FunctionsThis section contains functions. For more information about functions, see Functions on page 321. Also, there is detailed information on adding a function in Creating a Connection to a Database on Windows, , and .Each function is enclosed in a <Function> tag. The following attributes are available with a <Function> tag:
If the function has one or more arguments, the arguments are contained in the <Argument> tag.The SQL corresponding to the function is defined with the <SQL> tag. To specify arguments in the SQL sentence, the syntax $n is used where n is a number which corresponds to the position of the argument defined previously.
Attribute DescriptionGroup Indicates whether the function is an aggregate
function.The values are:• True• False
InMacro Indicates whether the function should appear in BusinessObjects.The values are:• True• False
Type Displays the type of function: • String• Numeric• Char• DateTime• Logical• All
Name Displays the name of the function as it appears in BusinessObjects. This is optional in this file.
ID Displays the name of the function as it appears in BusinessObjects.
436 Data Access Guide
WebIntelligence Data Access Configuration File Reference
EXAMPLE
<Function Group="False" ID="Replace" InMacro="True" Type="String">
<Arguments>
<Argument Type="String"/>
<Argument Type="Char"/>
<Argument Type="Char"/>
</Arguments>
<SQL>replace($1,$2,$3)</SQL>
</Function>
Data Access Guide 437
Common parameters
Common parametersParameters in this section are supported by all drivers, regardless of your supported RDBMS. They are listed in alphabetical order.
Array Bind Available
Array Bind Available indicates the availability of the middleware array bind feature.
Values• True — Array bind is available.• False — Array bind is unavailable.
Array Bind Size
Array Bind Size indicates the size of the array bind.
NOTEIf the parameter Array Bind Available=False, it is still possible to specify an array bind size greater than 1. To improve performance, Business Objects recommends using a value greater than 1 in every case.
Values• positive integers• 1
Parameter Type Boolean
Syntax Array Bind Available=value
Default value False
Parameter Type Numeric
Syntax Array Bind Size=value
Default value 5
438 Data Access Guide
WebIntelligence Data Access Configuration File Reference
Array Fetch Available
Array Fetch Available indicates the middleware implementation of the array fetch feature.
Values• True — \to implement the middleware array fetch• False -- to disable the middleware array fetch
Array Fetch Size
Array Fetch Size indicates the size of the array fetch.
NOTEIf the parameter Array Fetch Available=False, it is still possible to specify an array fetch size greater than 1. To improve performance, Business Objects recommends using a value greater than 1 in every case.
Values• positive integers• 1
Parameter Type Boolean
Syntax Array Fetch Available=value
Default value False
Parameter Type Numeric
Syntax Array Fetch Size=value
Default value 10
Data Access Guide 439
Common parameters
Binary Slice Size
Binary Slice Size was RecommendedLenTransfert in previous Data Configuration Files.Binary Slice Size indicates the size of slices for binary values in BusinessObjects.
Values• Any positive integer• 255 -- this is the default
CharSet
CharSet indicates the name of the character set used by the middleware. The name of the CharSet is specified in your middleware standard.
ValuesValues vary with the middleware.If this parameter is not specified, retrieve the CharSet name your middleware. If you can’t retrieve this information, the current CharSet of your platform is used.
CharSet Table
CharSet Table is the name of the file which stores correspondence between middleware CharSet names and the Business Objects connection CharSet names.
Parameter Type Numeric
Syntax Binary Slice Size=value
Default value 255
Parameter Type String
Syntax CharSet=value
Default value Middleware dependent
Parameter Type String
Syntax CharSet Table=value
Default value None
440 Data Access Guide
WebIntelligence Data Access Configuration File Reference
Description File
Description File indicates the name of the file which stores the connection description. The extension of this file is .cod. You must ensure this file is located in the same directory as the data configuration file (.sbo file).
Input Date Format
Input Date Format was InputDateFormat in previous Data Configuration Files.Input Date Format indicates the database date format.
Values:• 'DD-MM-YYYY HH:MM:SS' -- for Oracle• {\d 'yyyy-mm-dd'} -- for AS 400 and Microsoft SQL Server• 'yyyy-mm-dd' -- for IBM DB2Other possibilities depend on how your RDBMS accepts date formats.
Library
Library overrides the library driver loaded for a specific network layer or database target. Only the radical name is specified.
Values• dbd_oci9 -- for Oracle9i• dbd_mssql -- for Microsoft SQL Server
Parameter Type String
Syntax Description File=value
Default value None
Parameter Type String
Syntax Input Date Format=value
Default value None
Parameter Type String
Syntax Library=value
Default value None
Data Access Guide 441
Common parameters
Max Rows Available
Max Rows Available indicates the possibility of limiting the number of rows retrieved with the middleware.
Values• True -- the middleware limits the number of rows retrieved• False -- the middleware doesn’t limit the number of rows retrieved
SQL External File
SQL External indicates the name of the file which stores the SQL sentences. The extension of this file is .rss. You must ensure this file is located in the same directory as the data configuration file (.sbo file).
Values• oracle -- for Oracle• access -- for Microsoft Access• sqlsrv -- for Microsoft SQL Server • db2udb -- for IBM DB2
SQL Parameter File
SQL Parameter File indicates the name of the file which stores database parameters. The extension of this file is .prm. You must ensure this file is located in the same directory as the data configuration file (.sbo file).
Parameter Type Boolean
Syntax Max Rows Available=value
Default value False
Parameter Type String
Syntax SQL External File=value
Default value None
Parameter Type String
Syntax SQL Parameter File=value
Default value None
442 Data Access Guide
WebIntelligence Data Access Configuration File Reference
Values• oracle -- for Oracle• access -- for Microsoft Access• sqlsrv -- for Microsoft SQL Server• db2udb -- for IBM DB2• teradata--for Teradata
Strategies File
Strategies File indicates the name of the file which stores the strategies description. The extension of this file is .stg. You must ensure this file is located in the same directory as the data configuration file (.sbo file).• oracle• access• db2• teradata
Parameter Type String
Syntax Strategies File=value
Default value None
Data Access Guide 443
Parameters supported by all ODBC drivers
Parameters supported by all ODBC driversParameters in this section are only available in Data Configuration files for Microsoft SQL Server.
Empty String
Empty String indicates the form used to specify an empty string, such as a null pointer, for some ODBC functions. One example of an ODBC function that needs a form for an empty string is SQLTables.
Values• EmptyString• NullString
Native Int64 Available
Native Int64 Available indicates that the middleware natively supports the 64 bit integer.
NOTEThis parameter is only active in ODBC3-based drivers.
Values• True -- the middleware natively supports the 64 bit integer• False -- the middleware does not natively support the 64 bit integer
Parameter Type Enum
Syntax Empty String=value
Default value EmptyString
Parameter Type Boolean
Syntax Native Int64 Available=value
Default value True
444 Data Access Guide
WebIntelligence Data Access Configuration File Reference
ODBC Cursors
ODBC Cursors indicates the use of the ODBC cursor library.
Values• Yes -- the ODBC cursor library is used• No -- the ODBC cursor library isn’t used
Qualifiers Available
Qualifiers Available indicates the support of qualifiers.If this parameter is not defined, retrieve the information from the function:SQLGetInfo (ODBC)
Values• True -- the database supports qualifiers• False -- the database doesn’t support qualifiers
Parameter Type Boolean
Syntax ODBC Cursors=value
Default value None
Parameter Type Boolean
Syntax Qualifiers Available=value
Default value None
Data Access Guide 445
Index
@Variable 60@Variable(’BOUSERPROMPT’) 41
AArray Bind Available 437Array Bind Size 437Array Fetch Available 438Array Fetch Size 438ARRAYFETCH
IBM DB2 UDB 381Informix 387Microsoft SQL Server 392Oracle 397Sybase 409Teradata 417
ArrayFetchRed Brick 405
ASYNCMODEIBM DB2 UDB 381Informix 387Microsoft SQL Server 392Oracle 397Sybase 409Teradata 417
AuditTimeStampFormatInformix 390Sybase 412
AUTOCOMMITOracle 397Sybase 409
BBACK_QUOTE_SUPPORTED
IBM DB2 244Microsoft SQL Server 267Teradata 310
BeginTranSyntaxSybase 415
Binary Slice Size 439bomain key
creating interactively 53
bomain.keyupdating 56
Business Objectsconsulting services 11, 13documentation 10Documentation Supply Store 9support services 11training services 11, 13
Business Objects loginOracle 44
BusinessObjectsconnecting with Oracle 39
CCASE_SENSITIVE
Oracle 278cfg file 26CharSet 439CharSet Table 439CHECK_OWNER_STATE
Microsoft SQL Server 267Oracle 278Red Brick 289Sybase 299
CHECK_QUALIFIER_STATEMicrosoft SQL Server 267Oracle 279Red Brick 289Sybase 299
COMBINE_WITHOUT_PARENTHESISRed Brick 289Teradata 310
Index
446 Data Access Guide
Index
COMMAIBM DB2 244Informix 258Microsoft SQL Server 268Oracle 279Red Brick 290Sybase 299Teradata 310
CommitTranSyntaxSybase 415
CONCATIBM DB2 245Informix 258Microsoft SQL Server 269Oracle 280Red Brick 291Sybase 301Teradata 311
connecting with WebIntelligence 26connection
define restrictive 41, 42consultants
Business Objects 11COST ESTIMATE UNIT
Teradata 421create
restrictive connection 42creating
bomain key 53CURSORHOLD 96customer support 11
Ddata access driver
defined 21database server
defined 20datatypes
Business Objects 237of Informix 121Teradata 237
DB2, overview 74define
restrictive connection 41
demomaterials 9
Description File 440Designer
connecting with Oracle 36Developer Suite 10, 12documentation
CD 9feedback on 10on the web 9printed, ordering 9roadmap 9search 9
Documentation Supply Store 9DRIVERLEVEL
IBM DB2 UDB 382Informix 388Microsoft SQL Server 392Oracle 398Sybase 411Teradata 418
DriverLevelRed Brick 405
Eeducation see trainingEXT_JOIN
IBM DB2 245Informix 259Microsoft SQL Server 269Oracle 280Red Brick 291Sybase 301Teradata 312
EXT_JOIN_INVERTIBM DB2 246Informix 259Oracle 280Sybase 301Teradata 311
EXTERN_SORT_EXCLUDE_DISTINCTOracle 281
Data Access Guide 447
Index
Ffeedback
on documentation 10files
cs.cfg 427driver.cfg 427informix.sql 121mainkey.param 53
FORCE_SORTED_LOVInformix 259
functionIBM DB2 reference 326Informix reference 337Oracle reference 348Red Brick reference 359SQL Server reference 342Sybase reference 366Teradata reference 372
GGROUPBY_EXCLUDE_COMPLEX
IBM DB2 246GROUPBY_WITH_ALIAS
Red Brick 291GROUPBY_WITHOUT_CONSTANT
IBM DB2 247GROUPBYCOL
IBM DB2 247Informix 260Microsoft SQL Server 269Oracle 281Red Brick 292Sybase 302Teradata 312
IIBM DB2
connecting on UNIX 51CURSORHOLD parameter 96datatypes 97functions available 326optimizing data performance 76
IBM DB2 UDBparameter (prm) file 244
IBM DB2, overview 74Informix
connecting to a database 101datatypes 121functions available 337optimizing data performance 102overview 100
informix.prm 103INITDATEFORMAT
Oracle 399INITNUMERICSEPARATOR
Oracle 399Input Date Format 440INPUTDATEFORMAT
IBM DB2 UDB 382Informix 389Microsoft SQL Server 393Oracle 399Teradata 420
InputDateFormatSybase 412
installing 19INTERSECT
IBM DB2 248Informix 260Microsoft SQL Server 270Oracle 281Red Brick 292Sybase 302Teradata 312
INTERSECT_IN_SUBQUERYIBM DB2 248Informix 260Microsoft SQL Server 270Oracle 282Sybase 302Teradata 313
IsBindSupportedSybase 414
IsMdwThreadSafeSybase 413
IsParseSupportedSybase 414
448 Data Access Guide
Index
ISTHREADSAFEIBM DB2 UDB 383Informix 390Microsoft SQL Server 393Oracle 400Sybase 413Teradata 421
KKEY_INFO_SUPPORTED
IBM DB2 249Informix 261Microsoft SQL Server 270Oracle 282Red Brick 292Sybase 303Teradata 313
Knowledge Base 12
LLEFT_OUTER
Microsoft SQL Server 271Oracle 283Red Brick 293Sybase 303
Library 440LNG_SQL_HELP
Informix 261LOCK MODE
Oracle 400LongVarcharNotSupported
Red Brick 407
MMax Rows Available 441Microsoft SQL Server
datatypes 143overview 124, 218stored procedures 141
middleware 19
MINUSIBM DB2 249Informix 261Microsoft SQL Server 271Oracle 283Red Brick 293Sybase 304Teradata 314
MINUS_IN_SUBQUERYIBM DB2 249Informix 261Microsoft SQL Server 271Oracle 283Sybase 303Teradata 313
multimediaquick tours 10
OODBC
defined 21OLAP_CLAUSE
Red Brick 293Teradata 314
Online Customer Support 11Oracle
configuring the Advanced tab 45configuring the Custom tab 47connecting on UNIX 51connecting to a database 147connecting with BusinessObjects 39connecting with Designer 36connecting with Supervisor 32datatypes 172defining the login parameter 44functions available 348optimizing data performance 148overview 30, 146stored procedures 169
oracle.prm 149OUTERJOINS_COMPLEX
Informix 262
Data Access Guide 449
Index
OUTERJOINS_GENERATIONIBM DB2 250Informix 262Microsoft SQL Server 272Oracle 284Red Brick 294Sybase 304Teradata 314
OVER_CLAUSEIBM DB2 251
OWNERIBM DB2 251Informix 263Microsoft SQL Server 272Oracle 284Red Brick 294Sybase 305Teradata 315
PPassword_Encryption
Sybase 413POOL TIME
IBM DB2 UDB 383Informix 388Microsoft SQL Server 394Oracle 401
Pool TimeRed Brick 405
POOLTIMESybase 410Teradata 418
PREFIX_SYS_TABLERed Brick 294
QQUALIFIER
IBM DB2 251Microsoft SQL Server 273, 305Red Brick 295Sybase 305Teradata 315
QUOTE_OWNERInformix 264
RRDBMS
defined 19RDBMS performance 96RECOMMENDEDLENTRANSFERT
IBM DB2 UDB 384Informix 391Oracle 401Sybase 416Teradata 421
RecommendedLenTransfertRed Brick 407
Red Brickconnecting to a database 175datatypes 191functions available 359optimizing data performance 176overview 174prm 176
REFRESH_COLUMNS_TYPEMicrosoft SQL Server 273Red Brick 295Sybase 305
REMOVEPVIBM DB2 UDB 384Oracle 402
restrictivecreate 42
restrictive connectionadvanced parameters 42define 41
REVERSE_TABLE_WEIGHTOracle 284
RIGHT_OUTERMicrosoft SQL Server 273Red Brick 296Sybase 306
RISQL_FUNCTIONSIBM DB2 UDB 252Red Brick 296Teradata 316
RollbackTranSyntaxSybase 415
RUNINITOracle 402
450 Data Access Guide
Index
Ssearch
documentation 9SHARED
IBM DB2 UDB 384Informix 387Microsoft SQL Server 394Oracle 402Sybase 410Teradata 417
SORT_BY_NOIBM DB2 252Informix 264Microsoft SQL Server 274, 306Oracle 285Red Brick 296Teradata 316
SQL DDL FILE 423SQL EXTERNAL FILE
IBM DB2 UDB 385Informix 389Microsoft SQL Server 395Oracle 403Sybase 411Teradata 419WebIntelligence 441
SQL External FileRed Brick 406
SQL PARAMETER FILEIBM DB2 UDB 386Informix 389Microsoft SQL Server 395Oracle 404Sybase 412Teradata 419WebIntelligence 441
SQL Parameter FileRed Brick 407
SQL Serverfunctions available 342
STGIBM DB2 253Informix 265Microsoft SQL Server 274Oracle 285Red Brick 297Sybase 307Teradata 316
stored proceduresMicrosoft SQL Server 141Oracle 169
STRING_FORMAT_IN_SUBQUERYIBM DB2 253
Supervisorconnecting with Oracle 32
supportcustomer 11
Sybaseconnecting to a database 195datatypes 215functions available 366optimizing data performance 196overview 194
sybase.prm 197
TTABLE_DELIMITER
IBM DB2 254Microsoft SQL Server 274Oracle 285Teradata 316
Teradataconnecting on UNIX 51connecting to a database 219datatypes 237functions available 372optimizing data performance 220
teradata.prm 221Tips & Tricks 10training
on Business Objects products 11TXNISOLATION
Microsoft SQL Server 396
Data Access Guide 451
Index
UUDB, overview 74UNION
IBM DB2 254Informix 265Microsoft SQL Server 275Oracle 286Red Brick 297Sybase 307Teradata 317
UNION_IN_SUBQUERYIBM DB2 255Informix 265Microsoft SQL Server 275Oracle 286Sybase 307Teradata 317
USER_INPUT_DATE_FORMATIBM DB2 256Informix 266Microsoft SQL Server 275Oracle 287, 308Red Brick 297Teradata 318
USER_INPUT_NUMERIC_SEPARATORIBM DB2 257Informix 266Microsoft SQL Server 276, 308Oracle 287Red Brick 298Teradata 318
Vvariables
@Variable 60DBDATABASE 60DBPASSWORD 60DBUSER 60
Wweb
customer support 11getting documentation via 9useful addresses 12
WebIntelligence parametersArray Bind Available 437Array Bind Size 437Array Fetch Available 438Array Fetch Size 438Binary Slice Size 439CharSet 439CharSet Table 439Description File 440Empty String 443Input Date Format 440Library 440Max Rows Available 441Native Int64 Available 443ODBC Cursors 444Qualifiers Available 444SQL External File 441SQL Parameter File 441Strategies File 442
Windowsconnecting to Oracle 31
wmainkey 51command line 55parameter file 54parameters for UNIX 52
452 Data Access Guide
Index